Acts

Acts front

Acts front:intro

Introduction to Acts

Part 1: General Introduction

Outline of the Book of Acts

The beginning of the church and its mission (1:1–2:41)
The early church in Jerusalem (2:42–6:7)
Increasing opposition and the martyrdom of Steven (6:8–7:60)
The persecution of the church and Philip's ministry (8:1–40)
Paul becomes an apostle (9:1–31)
The ministry of Peter and the first Gentile converts (9:32–12:24)
Paul, the apostle to Gentiles, the Jewish law, and council of church leaders at Jerusalem (12:25–16:5)
The expansion of the church into the middle Mediterranean area and Asia Minor (16:6–19:20)
Paul travels to Jerusalem and becomes a prisoner in Rome (19:21–28:31)

What is the Book of Acts about?

The Book of Acts tells the story of the early church as more and more people became believers. It shows the power of the the Holy Spirit helping the early Christians. The events in this book began when Jesus went back to heaven and ended about thirty years later.

How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, "The Acts of the Apostles." Or translators may choose a title that may be clearer, for example, "The Acts of the Holy Spirit through the Apostles."

Who wrote the Book of Acts?

This book does not give the name of the author. However, it is addressed to Theophilus, the same person to whom the Gospel of Luke is addressed. Also, in parts of the book, the author uses the word "we." This indicates that the author traveled with Paul. Most scholars think that Luke was this person traveling with Paul. Therefore, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought Luke is the author of the Book of Acts as well as the Gospel of Luke.

Luke was a medical doctor. His way of writing shows that he was an educated man. He was probably a Gentile. He saw many of the events described in the Book of Acts.

Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

What is the Church?

The Church is the group of people who believe in Christ. The Church includes both Jew and Gentile believers. The events in this book show God helping the Church. He empowered believers to live righteous lives through his Holy Spirit.

Part 3: Important Translation Issues

What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Acts?

These are the most significant textual issues in Acts:

"Philip said, 'If you believe with all your heart, you may be baptized.' The Ethiopian answered, 'I believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God'" (Acts 8:37). Some older versions include this verse, but it is not in the best ancient copies of the Bible. Some modern versions put the verse in square brackets ([]). The ULB has it in a footnote.
"They returned from Jerusalem" (Acts 12:25). Some versions read, "They returned to Jerusalem (or to there)." It is uncertain what was in the original text.
"he put up with them" (Acts 13:18). Some versions read, "he cared for them." It is uncertain which reading is original. So, translators must choose. The ULB and UDB have chosen the first reading.
"This is what the Lord says, who has done these things that have been known from ancient times." (Acts 15:17-18). Some older versions read, "This is what the Lord says, to whom are known all his deeds from ancient times."
"But it seemed good to Silas to remain there." (Acts 15:34) Some older versions include this verse, but it is not in the best ancient copies of the Bible. Some modern version put the verse in square brackets ([]). The ULB and UDB put it in a footnote.
"And we wanted to judge him according to our law. But Lysias, the officer, came and forcibly took him out of our hands, sending him to you." (Acts 24:6b-8a) Some older versions include this verse, but it is not in the best ancient copies of the Bible. Some modern versions put the verse in square brackets ([]). The ULB and UDB put it in a footnote.
"When he had said these things, the Jews departed, having a great dispute among themselves." (Acts 28:29) Some older versions include this verse, but it is not in the best ancient copies of the Bible. Some modern versions put the verse in square brackets ([]). The ULB and UDB put it in a footnote. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-textvariants/01.md]])

Acts 1

Acts 1:intro-0

Acts 01 General Notes

Structure and formatting

This chapter records an event, commonly known as the "Ascension," when Jesus returns to heaven after his resurrection. He will not come back until he returns at his "second coming." (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/heaven.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/resurrection.md]])

Following other translations, the UDB has chosen to set the salutation ("Dear Theophilus") apart. This follows the style of a letter, but it may be approached differently to follow a similar practice in the translator's culture.

Some translations indent quotations from the Old Testament. The ULB does this with the two quotes from Psalms in 1:20.

Special concepts in this chapter

# The kingdom of God

Some scholars believe that Jesus explained to the disciples why the kingdom of God did not come during his life. Others believe that a new phase of the kingdom of God has just begun.

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

# The twelve disciples

The following are the list of the twelve disciples: In Matthew: Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.

In Mark: Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee, and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.

In Luke: Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James, the son of Alphaeus, Simon, who was called the Zealot, Judas, the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.

It is probable that Thaddaeus and Jude, the son of James, are two names of the same person.

# Changes in tense

It may be difficult to translate the phrase, "Jesus began to do and to teach" because it changes the tense or timing of events within the same sentence (Acts 1:1). It may be necessary to make all these actions agree with each other in tense. An alternative translation could be, "Jesus did and taught."

# Akeldama

This is a phrase in Hebrew or Aramaic. Luke transliterates this word by writing it with Greek letters, and then he explains the meaning. Translators are encouraged to transliterate it using the letters of the target language and then explain the meaning.

Acts 1:1-3

The former book I wrote

The former book is the Gospel of Luke.

Theophilus

Luke wrote this book to a man named Theophilus. Some translations follow their own culture's way of addressing a letter and write "Dear Theophilus" at the beginning of the sentence. Theophilus means "friend of God" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

until the day that he was taken up

This refers to Jesus' ascension into heaven. AT: "until the day on which God took him up to heaven" or "until the day that he ascended into heaven" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

commands through the Holy Spirit

The Holy Spirit led Jesus to instruct his apostles on certain things.

After his suffering

This refers to Jesus' suffering and death on the cross.

he presented himself alive to them

Jesus appeared to his apostles and to many other disciples.

translationWords

Acts 1:4-5

Connecting Statement:

This event happened during the 40 days that Jesus appeared to his followers after he had risen from the dead.

General Information:

Here the word "he" refers to Jesus. Except where otherwise noted, the word "you" in the book of Acts is plural. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-you/01.md]])

When he was meeting together with them

"When Jesus was meeting together with his apostles"

the promise of the Father

This is a reference to the Holy Spirit. AT: "the Holy Spirit, whom the Father promised to send" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

about which, he said

If you translated the previous phrase to include the words "Holy Spirit," you can change the word "which" to "whom." AT: "about whom Jesus said"

John indeed baptized with water ... baptized in the Holy Spirit

Jesus contrasts how John baptized people in water with how God would baptize believers in the Holy Spirit.

John indeed baptized with water

"John indeed baptized people with water"

you shall be baptized

This can be stated in active form. AT: "God will baptize you" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 1:6-8

General Information:

Here the word "they" refers to the apostles.

is this the time you will restore the kingdom to Israel

"will you now make Israel a great kingdom again"

the times or the seasons

Possible meanings are 1) the words "times" and "seasons" refer to different kinds of time. AT: "the general period of time or the specific date" or 2) the two words are basically synonymous. AT: "the exact time" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-doublet/01.md]])

you will receive power ... and you will be my witnesses

The apostles will receive power that will enable them to be witnesses for Jesus. AT: "God will empower you ... to be my witnesses"

to the ends of the earth

Possible meanings are 1) "all over the world" or 2) "to the places on earth that are farthest away" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 1:9-11

as they were looking up

"as they watched." The apostles "were looking up" at Jesus because Jesus rose into the sky. AT: "as they were looking up at the sky" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

he was raised up

"Raised" here is an idiom for "lifted." This can be stated in active form. AT: "he was lifted up" or "he rose up into the sky" or "God took him up into the sky" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

a cloud hid him from their eyes

"a cloud blocked their view so that they could no longer see him"

looking intensely to heaven

"staring at the sky" or "gazing at the sky"

You men of Galilee

The angels address the apostles as men who are from Galilee.

will return in the same manner

Jesus will return in the sky, just as clouds covered him when he arose into heaven.

translationWords

Acts 1:12-14

Then they returned

"The apostles returned"

a Sabbath day's journey

This refers to the distance which, according to Rabbinical tradition, a person was allowed to walk on a Sabbath day. AT: "about one kilometer away" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

When they arrived

"When they reached their destination." Verse 12 says they were returning to Jerusalem.

the upper chamber

"the room on the upper level of the house"

They were all united as one

This means that the apostles and believers there all shared a common commitment and purpose, and there was no strife among them.

as they diligently continued in prayer

This means that the disciples prayed together regularly and frequently.

translationWords

Acts 1:15-16

Connecting Statement:

This event happened during the time that Peter and the other believers were staying together in the upper room.

In those days

These words mark the beginning of a new part of the story. They refer to the period of time after Jesus ascended while the disciples were meeting in the upper chamber. AT: "During that time" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-newevent/01.md]])

120 people

"one hundred and twenty people" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-numbers/01.md]])

in the midst of the brothers

Here the word "brothers" refers to fellow believers and includes both men and women.

it was necessary that the scripture should be fulfilled

This can be stated in active form. AT: "the things that we read about in scripture had to take place" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

by the mouth of David

The word "mouth" refers to the words that David wrote. AT: "through the words of David" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 1:17-19

Connecting Statement:

In verse 17 Peter continues his speech to the believers that he began in Acts 1:16.

General Information:

In verses 18-19 the author tells the reader background information about how Judas died and what people called the field where he died. This is not part of Peter's speech. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-background/01.md]])

General Information:

Although Peter is addressing the entire group of people, here the word "us" refers only to the apostles. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-exclusive/01.md]])

Now this man

The words "this man" refers to Judas Iscariot.

the earnings he received for his wickedness

"the money that he earned from the evil thing that he did." The words "his wickedness" refer to Judas Iscariot's betraying Jesus to the people who killed him. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

there he fell headfirst, and his body burst open, and all his intestines poured out

This suggests that Judas fell from a high place, rather than just falling down. The fall was severe enough to cause his body to burst open. Other passages of scripture mention that he hanged himself. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

Field of Blood

When the people living in Jerusalem heard of the way in which Judas died, they renamed the field.

translationWords

Acts 1:20

Connecting Statement:

Peter continues his speech to the believers that he began in Acts 1:16.

General Information:

Based on the situation with Judas that Peter just recounted, he recalls two Psalms of David that relate to the incident. The quote ends at the end of this verse.

For it is written in the Book of Psalms

This can be stated in active form. AT: "For David wrote in the Book of Psalms" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

Let his field be made desolate, and do not let even one person live there

These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-parallelism/01.md]])

Let his field be made desolate

Possible meanings are 1) that the word "field" refers to the field where Judas died or 2) that the word "field" refers to Judas's dwelling place and is a metaphor for his family line. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

be made desolate

"become empty"

translationWords

Acts 1:21-23

Connecting Statement:

Peter finishes his speech to the believers that he began in Acts 1:16.

General Information:

Here the word "us" refers to the apostles and does not include the audience to whom Peter is speaking. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-exclusive/01.md]])

It is necessary, therefore

Based on the scriptures that he quoted and on what Judas had done, Peter tells the group what they must do.

one of the men who accompanied us ... must be a witness with us of his resurrection

Peter lists the qualifications for the man who is to replace Judas as an apostle.

the Lord Jesus went in and out among us

Going in and out among a group of people is a metaphor for openly being part of that group. AT: "the Lord Jesus lived among us" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

beginning from the baptism of John

The noun "baptism" can be translated as a verb. Possible meanings: 1) "beginning from when John baptized Jesus" or 2) "beginning from when John baptized people" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md]])

to the day that he was taken up from us

This can be stated in active form. AT: "until the day when Jesus left us and rose up to heaven" or "until the day that God took him up from us" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

They put forward two men

Here the word "They" refers to all of the believers who were present. AT: "They proposed two men who fulfilled the requirements that Peter listed" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

Joseph called Barsabbas, who was also named Justus

This can be translated with an active form. AT: "Joseph, whom people also called Barsabbas and Justus" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 1:24-26

They prayed and said

Here the word "They" refers to all of the believers, but it was probably one of the apostles who spoke these words. AT: "The believers prayed together and one of the apostles said" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

You, Lord, know the hearts of all people

Here the word "hearts" refers to the thoughts and motives. AT: "You, Lord, know the thoughts and motives of everyone" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

to take the place in this ministry and apostleship

Here the word "apostleship" defines what kind of "ministry" this is. AT: "to take Judas' place in this apostolic ministry" or "to take Judas' place in serving as an apostle" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-doublet/01.md]])

from which Judas turned away

Here the expression "turned away" means that Judas stopped performing this ministry. AT: "which Judas stopped fulfilling"

to go to his own place

This phrase refers to Judas' death and likely to his judgment after death. AT: "to go where he belongs" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-euphemism/01.md]])

They cast lots for them

The apostles cast lots to decide between Joseph and Matthias.

the lot fell to Matthias

The lot indicated that Matthias was the one to replace Judas.

he was numbered with the eleven apostles

This can be stated in active form. AT: "the believers considered him to be an apostle with the other eleven" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 2

Acts 2:intro-0

Acts 02 General Notes

Structure and formatting

Some translations indent each line of poetry to make it easier to read. The ULB does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 2:17-21, 25-28, and 34-35.

Some translations indent quotations from the Old Testament. The ULB does this with the quoted material in 2:31.

The events described in this chapter are commonly called "Pentecost." Many people believe the coming of the Holy Spirit to indwell believers in this chapter marks the beginning of the church. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/believe.md]])

Special concepts in this chapter

# Tongues

There is a display of tongues in this passage. They are described as foreign languages, previously unknown to the speaker.

# Last days

Did the last days begin at this time in history? Scholars are divided over the response to this difficult question. The translator should exercise caution to avoid explicitly stating the starting point of the last days. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/lastday.md]])

# Baptism

There are two baptisms referenced in this chapter. The first is christian baptism. The second is the baptism of the Spirit. The difference between the two baptisms depends on one's theological perspective. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/baptize.md]])

# Signs and wonders

This is a unique phrase describing the great power displayed and bearing witness to the truth of who Christ was and is. This is a major theme of the chapter.

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

# Has the prophecy of Joel been fulfilled?

It appears the prophecy of Joel may have been fulfilled in part, but not completely. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/prophet.md]])

Acts 2:1-4

remarkable

"unusual" or "important"

everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved

This can be stated in active form. AT: "the Lord will save everyone who calls on him" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 2:22-24

Connecting Statement:

Peter continues his speech to the Jews that he began in Acts 1:16.

hear these words

"listen to what I am about to say"

accredited to you by God by the mighty deeds, the wonders, and the signs

This means that God proved that he had appointed Jesus for his mission, and proved who he was by his many miracles.

by God's predetermined plan and foreknowledge

The nouns "plan" and "foreknowledge" can be translated as verbs. This means that God planned out and knew beforehand what would happen to Jesus. AT: "because God planned out and knew beforehand everything that would happen" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md]])

This man was handed over

Possible meanings: 1) "you handed Jesus over into the hands of his enemies" or 2) "Judas betrayed Jesus to you." (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

you, by the hand of lawless men, put him to death by nailing him to a cross

Although "lawless men" actually crucified Jesus, Peter accuses the crowd of having killed him because they demanded his death.

by the hand of lawless men

Here "hand" refers to the actions of the lawless men. AT: "through the actions of lawless men" or "by what lawless men did" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

lawless men

Possible meanings are 1) the unbelieving Jews who accused Jesus of crimes or 2) the Roman soldiers who performed the execution of Jesus.

But God raised him up

"Raise" here is an idiom for "cause to live again" AT: "But God caused him to live again" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

freeing him from the pains of death

Peter speaks of dying as if death were a person who ties people up with painful ropes and holds them captive. He speaks of God ending Christ's death as if God broke the ropes that held Chist and set Christ free. AT: "ending the pains of death" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-personification/01.md]])

for him to be held by it

This can be stated in active form. AT: "for death to hold him" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

for him to be held by it

Peter speaks of Christ remaining dead as if death were a person who held him captive. AT: "for him to remain dead" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-personification/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 2:25-26

General Information:

Here Peter quotes a passage that David wrote in a Psalm which relates to Jesus' crucifixion and resurrection.

General Information:

Since Peter says that David said these words about Jesus, the words "I" and "my" refer to Jesus and the words "Lord" and "he" refer to God.

before my face

"in front of me." AT: "in my presence" or "with me" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

beside my right hand

To be at someone's "right hand" often means to be in a position to help and sustain. AT: "right beside me" or "with me to help me" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

I should not be moved

Here the word "moved" means to be troubled. This can be stated in active form. AT: "people will not be able to cause me trouble" or "nothing will trouble me" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

my heart was glad and my tongue rejoiced

People consider the "heart" the center of emotions and the "tongue" voices those emotions. AT: "I was glad and rejoiced" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

my flesh will live in certain hope

Possible meanings of the word "flesh" are 1) he is a mortal who will die. AT: "Even though I am only mortal, I will have confidence in God" or 2) it is synecdoche for his entire person. AT: "I will live with confidence in God" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 2:27-28

Connecting Statement:

Peter finishes quoting David.

General Information:

Since Peter says that David said these words about Jesus, the words "my," "Holy One," and "me" refer to Jesus and the words "you" and "your" refer to God.

neither will you allow your Holy One to see decay

The Messiah, Jesus, refers to himself with the words "your Holy One." AT: "neither will you allow me, your Holy One, to see decay" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-123person/01.md]])

to see decay

Here the word "see" means to experience something. The word "decay" refers to the decomposition of his body after death. AT: "to decay" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

the ways of life

"the ways that lead to life"

full of gladness with your face

Here the word "face" refers to the presence of God. AT: "very glad when I see you" or "very glad when I am in your presence" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

gladness

"joy" or "happiness"

translationWords

Acts 2:29-31

Connecting Statement:

Peter continues his speech that he began in Acts 1:16 to the Jews that surround him and the other believers in Jerusalem.

General Information:

In verses 29 & 30, the words he," "his," and "him" refer to David. In verse 31, the first "He" refers to David and the words within the quote "He" and "his" refer to Christ.

Brothers, I

"My fellow Jews, I"

he both died and was buried

This can be stated in active form. AT: "he died and people buried him" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

he would set one of the fruit of his body upon his throne

"God would set one of David's descendants upon David's throne." AT: "God would appoint one of David's descendants to be king in David's place" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

one of the fruit of his body

Here the word "fruit" refers to what "his body" produces. AT: "one of his descendants" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

He was neither abandoned to Hades

This can be stated in active form. AT: "God did not abandon him to Hades" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

nor did his flesh see decay

Here the word "see" means to experience something. The word "decay" refers to the decomposition of his body after death. See how you translated this in Acts 2:27. AT: "nor did his flesh decay" or "nor did he remain dead long enough for his flesh to decay" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 2:32-33

General Information:

The word "we" refers to the disciples and those that witnessed the risen Jesus after his death. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-exclusive/01.md]])

General Information:

Here, the second word "this" refers to the disciples' speaking in other languages when they received the Holy Spirit.

God raised him up

"Raise" here is an idiom for "cause to live again" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

having been exalted to the right hand of God

This can be stated in active form. AT: "because God has exalted Jesus up to his right hand" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

having been exalted to the right hand of God

"Right hand of God" here is an idiom that means that Christ will rule as God, with God’s authority. AT: "Christ is in the position of God" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

he has poured out what

Here the words "poured out" mean that Jesus, who is God, made these events to happen. It is implicit that he does this by giving the Holy Spirit to the believers. AT: "he has caused to happen these things that" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

poured out

Here the words "pour out" mean to give generously and abundantly. See how you translated a similar phrase in Acts 2:17. AT: "given abundantly" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 2:34-36

Connecting Statement:

Peter finishes his speech to the Jews that he began in Acts 1:16.

General Information:

Peter again quotes one of David's Psalms. David is not speaking of himself in this Psalm. "The Lord" and "my" refer to God; "my Lord" and "your" refer to Jesus the Messiah.

Sit at my right hand

To sit at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. AT: "Sit in the place of honor beside me" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-symaction/01.md]])

until I make your enemies the stool for your feet

This means that God will completely defeat the Messiah's enemies and make them subject to him. AT: "until I make you victorious over all of your enemies" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

all the house of Israel

This refers to the entire nation of Israel. AT: "every Israelite" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 2:37-39

Connecting Statement:

The Jews respond to Peter's speech and Peter answers them.

General Information:

Here the word "they" refers to the people in the crowd to whom Peter spoke.

when they heard this

"when the people heard what Peter had said"

they were pierced in their hearts

This can be stated in active form. AT: "Peter's words pierced their hearts" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

pierced in their hearts

This means that the people felt guilty and became very sad. AT: "deeply troubled" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

be baptized

This can be stated in active form. AT: "allow us to baptize you" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

in the name of Jesus Christ

"In the name of" here is a metonym for "by the authority of" AT: "by the authority of Jesus Christ" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

all that are far off

This means either 1) "all people who live far away" or 2) "all people who are far from God."

translationWords

Acts 2:40-42

Connecting Statement:

This is the end of the part of the story that happened on the Day of Pentecost. Verse 42 begins a section that explains how the believers continued to live after the Day of Pentecost. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-endofstory/01.md]])

he testified and urged them

"he seriously told them and begged them." Here the words "testified" and "urged" share similar meanings and emphasize that Peter urged them strongly to respond to what he was saying. AT: "he strongly urged them" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-doublet/01.md]])

Save yourselves from this wicked generation

The implication is that God will punish "this wicked generation." AT: "Save yourselves from the punishment that these wicked people will suffer" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

they received his word

Here the word "received" means that they accepted what Peter said to be true. AT: "they believed what Peter said" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

were baptized

This can be stated in active form. AT: "people baptized them" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

there were added in that day about three thousand souls

This can be stated in active form. AT: "about three thousand souls joined the believers on that day" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

about three thousand souls

Here the word "souls" refers to people. AT: "about 3,000 people" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-numbers/01.md]])

the breaking of bread

Bread was part of their meals. Possible meanings are 1) this refers to any meals they might eat together. AT: "eating meals together" or 2) this refers to the meals they would eat together in order to remember Christ's death and resurrection. AT: "eating the Lord's Supper together" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 2:43-45

Fear came upon every soul

Here the word "Fear" refers to deep respect and awe for God. The word "soul" refers to the entire person. AT: "Each person felt a deep respect and awe for God" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

many wonders and signs were done through the apostles

Possible meanings are 1) "the apostles performed many wonders and signs" or 2) "God performed many wonders and signs through the apostles" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

wonders and signs

"miraculous deeds and supernatural events." See how you translated this in Acts 2:22.

All who believed were together

Possible meanings are 1) "All of them believed the same thing" or 2) "All who believed were together in the same place."

had all things in common

"shared their belongings with one another"

property and possessions

"land and things they owned"

distributed them to all

Here the word "them" refers to the profit that they made from selling their property and possessions. AT: "distributed the proceeds to all" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

according to the needs anyone had

They distributed the proceeds that they earned from selling their property and possessions to any believer who had a need.

translationWords

Acts 2:46-47

they continued with one purpose

Possible meanings are 1) "they continued meeting together" or 2) "they all continued to have the same attitude."

they broke bread in homes

Bread was part of their meals. AT: "they eat meals together in their homes" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

with joy and humility of heart

Here the word "humility" may refer to generosity. The word "heart" refers to the entire person. AT: "joyfully and generously" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

had favor with all the people

"all the people approved of them"

those who were being saved

This can be stated in active form. AT: "those whom the Lord saved" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 3

Acts 3:intro-0

Acts 03 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

# Abrahamic Covenant

This chapter explains that part of the Abrahamic covenant has been fulfilled in Jesus.

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

# "You delivered up"

There are many references to the "men of Israel" as "you." While it is true that the leaders of Israel were responsible for these events, ultimately it was Jesus' choice to be delivered up and the need for his death was the sin of mankind. Therefore, the author is not bringing judgment upon these people, but is urging repentance for their condemnation of Jesus. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/sin.md]], [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/judge.md]], [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/repent.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/condemn.md]])

Acts 3:1-3

Why do you fix your eyes on us, as if we had made him to walk by our own power or godliness?

Peter asks this question to emphasize that the people should not think that he and John had healed the man by their own abilities. This could be written as two statements. AT: "Do not fix your eyes on us. We did not make him walk by our own power or godliness" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md]])

fix your eyes on us

This means that they looked intently at them without stopping. AT: "stare at us" or "look at us" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 3:13-14

Connecting Statement:

Peter continues his speech to the Jews that he began in Acts 3:12.

whom you delivered up

"Delivered" here is a metaphor for "take" or "bring." TA: "whom you brought to Pilate" or "whom you gave to Pilate." (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

rejected before the face of Pilate

Here the phrase "before the face of" means "in the presence of." AT: "rejected in Pilate's presence" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

when he had decided to release him

"when Pilate had decided to release Jesus"

for a murderer to be released to you

This can be stated in active form. AT: "for Pilate to release a murderer" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 3:15-16

General Information:

Here the word "we" includes just Peter and John. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-exclusive/01.md]])

Founder of life

This refers to Jesus. Possible meanings are 1) "the one who gives people eternal life" or 2) "the ruler of life" or 3) "the founder of life" or 4) "the one who leads people to life"

Founder of life

The one who makes people live is spoken of as if he were the one who puts down the stones on which others build houses or other buildings. AT: "Giver of life" or "Creator of life" or "One who makes people live" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

whom God raised from the dead

"Raised" here is an idiom for "caused to live again" AT: "whom God caused to live again" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

Now

This word, "Now," shifts the audiences' attention to the lame man.

by faith in his name

Here the word "name" refers to Jesus. Possible meanings are 1) "because this man believes in Jesus" or 2) "because John and I believe in Jesus" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

made him strong

"made him well"

translationWords

Acts 3:17-18

Now

Here Peter shifts the audience's attention from the lame man and continues to talk to them directly.

you acted in ignorance

Possible meanings are 1) that the people did not know that Jesus was the Messiah or 2) that the people did not understand the significance of what they were doing.

God foretold by the mouth of all the prophets

When the prophets spoke, it was as though God himself was speaking because he told them what to say. AT: "God foretold by telling all of the prophets what to speak"

foretold

"told ahead of time" or "told before it happened"

the mouth of all the prophets

Here the word "mouth" refers to the words that the prophets spoke and wrote down. AT: "the words of all the prophets" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 3:19-20

Repent ... and turn

The words "Repent" and "turn" refer to changing one's way of thinking, turning away from sin and turning to God. It is a way of saying the same thing for emphasis. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-parallelism/01.md]])

so that your sins may be blotted out

Here "blotted out" is a metaphor for forgiving. Sins are spoken of as if they are written in a book and God erases them from the book when he forgives them. This can be stated in active form. AT: "so that God will forgive you for sinning against him" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]]) (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

periods of refreshing from the presence of the Lord

"times of relief from the presence of the Lord." Possible meanings are 1) "times when God will strengthen your spirits" or 2) "times when God will revive you"

from the presence of the Lord

Here the words "presence of the Lord" is a metonym for the Lord himself. AT: "from the Lord" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

that he may send the Christ

"that he may again send the Christ." This refers to Christ's coming again.

who has been appointed for you

This may be stated in active form. AT: "whom he has appointed for you" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 3:21-23

Connecting Statement:

Peter continues his speech that he began in Acts 3:12 to the Jews who stood in the temple area.

General Information:

In verses 22-23 Peter quotes something Moses told before the Messiah came.

He is the One heaven must receive

"He is the One heaven must welcome." Peter speaks of heaven as if it were a person who welcomes Jesus into his home. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-personification/01.md]])

heaven must receive until

This means that it is necessary for Jesus to remain in heaven because that is what God has planned.

until the time of the restoration of all things

Possible meanings are 1) "until the time when God will restore all things" or 2) "until the time when God will fulfill everything that he foretold."

about which God spoke long ago by the mouth of his holy prophets

When the prophets spoke long ago, it was as if God himself was speaking because he told them what to say. AT: "about which things God spoke long ago by telling his holy prophets to speak about them"

the mouth of his holy prophets

Here the word "mouth" refers to the words that the prophets spoke and wrote down. AT: "the words of his holy prophets" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

will raise up a prophet

"Raise up" here is an idiom for "establish." AT: "God will establish a prophet" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

that prophet will be completely destroyed

This can be stated in active form. AT: "that prophet, God will completely destroy" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 3:24-26

Connecting Statement:

Peter finishes his speech to the Jews that he began in Acts 3:12.

Yes, and all the prophets

"In fact, all the prophets." Here the word "Yes" adds emphasis to what follows.

from Samuel and those who came after him

"beginning with Samuel and continuing with the prophets who lived after he did"

these days

"these times" or "the things that are happening now"

You are the sons of the prophets and of the covenant

Here the word "sons" refers to heirs who will receive what the prophets and the covenant promised. AT: "You are the heirs of the prophets and heirs of the covenant" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-ellipsis/01.md]])

In your seed

"Because of your offspring"

shall all the families of the earth be blessed

Here the word "families" refers to people groups or nations. This can be stated in active form. AT: "I will bless all the people groups in the world" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

After God raised up his servant

"Raised up" here is an idiom for "established." AT: "After God established his servant" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

his servant

This refers to the Messiah, Jesus.

turning every one of you from your wickedness

"Turning" here is a metonym for "causing to repent." AT: "Causing every one of you to repent from your wickedness" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 4

Acts 4:intro-0

Acts 04 General Notes

Structure and formatting

Some translations indent each line of poetry to make it easier to read. The ULB does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 4:25-26.

Special concepts in this chapter

# Unity

The early church prioritized unity. There was a spirit of unity among the followers of Christ as well as some financial unity. The latter shows a sense of total commitment.

Important figures of speech in this chapter

# Cornerstone

This is an important metaphor in Scripture. The cornerstone was the first piece of stone put into place when making the foundation of a building. If the cornerstone was out of place or at a wrong angle, then the whole building would be off. This metaphor teaches that Jesus is the proper foundation of faith. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/faith.md]])

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

# "For there is no other name under heaven"

The Greek word for "name" indicates that it is not just the word "Jesus" that saves, but his true person. It is the true Jesus, the Son of God, the one who died for the sins of mankind, who is the only way a person can go to heaven.

Acts 4:1-4

Connecting Statement:

The religious leaders arrest Peter and John after Peter's having healed the man who was born lame.

came upon them

"approached them" or "came to them"

They were deeply troubled

"They were very angry." The Sadducees, in particular, would have been angry about what Peter and John were saying because they did not believe in resurrection. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

proclaiming in Jesus the resurrection from the dead

Peter and John were saying that God would raise people from the dead in the same way as he had raised Jesus from among the dead. Translate this in a way that allows "the resurrection" to refer to both Jesus' resurrection and the general resurrection of other people.

from the dead

From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.

They arrested them

"The priests, the captain of the temple, and the Sadducees arrested Peter and John"

since it was now evening

It was common practice not to question people at night.

the number of the men who believed

This refers only to men and does not include how many women or children believed.

was about five thousand

"grew to about five thousand"

translationWords

Acts 4:5-7

Connecting Statement:

The rulers question Peter and John who answer without fear.

General Information:

Here the word "their" refers to the Jewish people as a whole.

It came about ... that

This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.

their rulers, elders and scribes

This is a reference to the Sanhedrin, the Jewish ruling court, which consisted of these three groups of people. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

John, and Alexander

These two men were members of the high priest's family. This is not the same John as the apostle.

By what power

"Who gave you power"

in what name

Here the word "name" refers to authority. AT: "by whose authority" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 4:8-10

Then Peter, filled with the Holy Spirit

This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in Acts 2:4. AT: "The Holy Spirit filled Peter and he" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

if we this day are being questioned ... by what means was this man made well?

Peter asks this question to clarify that this was the real reason that they were on trial. AT: "You are asking us this day ... by what means we made this man well" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md]])

we this day are being questioned

This can be stated in active form. AT: "you are questioning us this day" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

by what means was this man made well

This can be stated in active form. AT: "by what means we have made this man well" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

May this be known to you all and to all the people of Israel

This can be stated in active form. AT: "May all of you and all of the people of Israel know this" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

to you all and to all the people of Israel

"to you who are questioning us and to all the other people of Israel"

in the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth

Here the word "name" refers to power and authority. AT: "by the power of Jesus Christ of Nazareth" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

whom God raised from the dead,

"Raised" here is an idiom for "caused to live again" AT: "whom God caused to live again" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 4:11-12

Connecting Statement:

Peter completes his speech to the Jewish religious rulers that he began in Acts 4:8.

General Information:

Here the word "we" refers to Peter as well as those to whom he is speaking. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-inclusive/01.md]])

Jesus Christ is the stone ... which has been made the head cornerstone

Peter is quoting from the Psalms. This is a metaphor that means the religious leaders, like builders, rejected Jesus, but God will made him the most important in his kingdom, as a cornerstone in a building is important. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

head

Here the word "head" means "most important" or "vital."

you as builders despised

"you as builders rejected" or "you as builders rejected as worth nothing"

There is no salvation in any other person

The noun "salvation" can be translated as a verb. This can be stated positively. AT: "He is the only person who is able to save" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md]])

no other name under heaven given among men

This can be stated in active form. AT: "no other name under heaven that God has given among men" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

no other name ... given among men

The phrase "name ... given among men" refers to the person of Jesus. AT: "no other person under heaven, who is given among men, by whom" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

under heaven

This is a way of referring to everywhere in the world. AT: "in the world" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

by which we must be saved

This can be stated in active form. AT: "which can save us" or "who can save us" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 4:13-14

General Information:

Here the second instance of "they" refers to Peter and John. All other occurrences of the word "they" in this section refer to the Jewish leaders.

the boldness of Peter and John

Here the abstract noun "boldness" refers to the way in which Peter and John responded to the Jewish leaders, and can be translated with an adverb or an adjective. AT: "how boldly Peter and John had spoken" or "how bold Peter and John were" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md]])

boldness

having no fear

realized that they were ordinary, uneducated men

The Jewish leaders "realized" this because of the way Peter and John spoke. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

and realized

"and understood"

ordinary, uneducated men

The words "ordinary" and "uneducated" share similar meanings. They emphasize that Peter and John had received no formal training in Jewish law. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-doublet/01.md]])

the man who was healed

This can be stated in active form. AT: "the man whom Peter and John had healed" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

nothing to say against this

"nothing to say against Peter and John's healing of the man." Here the word "this" refers to what Peter and John had done.

translationWords

Acts 4:15-18

the apostles

This refers to Peter and John.

What shall we do to these men?

The Jewish leaders ask this question out of frustration because they could not think of what to do with Peter and John. AT: "There is nothing that we can do with these men!" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md]])

For the fact that a remarkable miracle has been done through them is known to everyone who lives in Jerusalem

This can be stated in active form. AT: "For everyone who lives in Jerusalem knows that they have done a remarkable miracle" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

everyone who lives in Jerusalem

This is a generalization. It may also be an exaggeration to show that the leaders think that this is a very big problem. AT: "many of the people who live in Jerusalem" or "people who live throughout Jerusalem" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-hyperbole/01.md]])

in order that it spreads no further

Here the word "it" refers to any miracles or teaching Peter and John might continue to do. AT: "in order that news of this miracle spreads no further" or "in order that no more people hear about this miracle" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

not to speak anymore to anyone in this name

Here the word "name" refers to the person of Jesus. AT: "not to speak anymore to anyone about this person, Jesus" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 4:19-20

General Information:

Here the word "we" refers to Peter and John but not to those whom they are addressing. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-exclusive/01.md]])

Whether it is right in the sight of God

Here the phrase "in the sight of God" refers to God's opinion. AT: "Whether God thinks it is right" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 4:21-22

General Information:

Verse 22 gives background information about the age of the lame man who was healed. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-background/01.md]])

After further warning

The Jewish leaders again threatened to punish Peter and John.

They were unable to find any excuse to punish them

Although the Jewish leaders threatened Peter and John, they could not find a reason to punish them without causing the people to riot.

for what had been done

This can be stated in active form. AT: "for what Peter and John had done" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

The man who had experienced this miracle of healing

"The man whom Peter and John had miraculously healed"

translationWords

Acts 4:23-25

General Information:

Speaking together, the people quote a Psalm of David from the Old Testament.

General Information:

Here the word "they" refers to the rest of the believers, but not to Peter and John.

came to their own people

The phrase "their own people" refers to the rest of the believers. AT: "went to the other believers" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

they raised their voices together to God

"Raised" here is an idiom for "increased the sound of their voices" AT: "They increased the sound of their speaking together to God" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

You spoke by the Holy Spirit through the mouth of your servant, our father David

This means that the Holy Spirit caused David to speak or write down what God said.

through the mouth of your servant, our father David

Here the word "mouth" refers to the words that David spoke or wrote down. AT: "by the words of your servant, our father David" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

our father David

Here "father" refers to "ancestor/"

Why did the Gentile nations rage, and the peoples imagine useless things?

This is a rhetorical question that emphasizes the futility of opposing God. AT: "The Gentile nations should not have raged, and the peoples should not have imagined useless things" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md]])

the peoples imagine useless things

These "useless things" consist of plans to oppose God. AT: "the peoples imagine useless things against God" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

peoples

"people groups" or "tribes"

translationWords

Acts 4:26

Connecting Statement:

The believers complete their quotation from King David in the Psalms that they began in Acts 4:25.

The kings of the earth set themselves together, and the rulers gathered together against the Lord

These two lines mean basically the same thing. The two lines emphasize the combined effort of the earth's rulers to oppose God. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-parallelism/01.md]])

set themselves together ... gathered together

These two phrases mean that they joined their armies together to fight a battle. AT: "set their armies together ... gathered their troops together" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

against the Lord, and against his Christ

Here the word "Lord" refers to God. In the Psalms, the word "Christ" refers to the Messiah or God's anointed one.

translationWords

Acts 4:27-28

Connecting Statement:

The believers continue praying.

in this city

"this city" refers to Jerusalem.

your holy servant Jesus

"Jesus who serves you faithfully"

to do all that your hand and your plan had decided

Here the word "hand" is used to mean God's power. Additionally, the phrase "your hand and your desire decided" shows God's power and plan. AT: "to do all that you had decided because you are powerful and did all that you planned" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 4:29-31

Connecting Statement:

The believers complete their prayer that they began in Acts 4:24.

look upon their warnings

Here the words "look upon" are a request for God to take notice of the way in which the Jewish leaders threatened the believers. AT: "notice how they threaten to punish us" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

speak your word with all boldness

"word" here is a metonym for God's message. AT: "speak your message with all boldness" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

Stretch out your hand to heal

Here the word "hand" refers to God's power. This is a request for God to show how powerful he is. AT: "while you show your power by healing people" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

through the name of your holy servant Jesus

Here the word "name" refers to power and authority. AT: "through the power of your holy servant Jesus" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

your holy servant Jesus

"Jesus who serves you faithfully." See how you translated this in Acts 4:27.

the place ... was shaken

This can be stated in active form. AT: "the place ... shook" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

they were all filled with the Holy Spirit

This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in Acts 2:4. AT: "The Holy Spirit filled them all" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 4:32-33

were of one heart and soul

Here the word "heart" refers to the thoughts and the word "soul" refers to the emotions. Together they refer to the total person. AT: "thought the same way and wanted the same things" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

they had everything in common

"shared their belongings with one another." See how you translated this in Acts 2:44.

great grace was upon them all

Possible meanings are: 1) that God was greatly blessing the believers or 2) that the people in Jerusalem held the believers in very high esteem.

translationWords

Acts 4:34-35

all who owned title to lands or houses

The word "all" here is a generalization. AT: "Many people who owned title to lands or houses" or "People who owned title to lands or houses" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-hyperbole/01.md]])

owned title to lands or houses

"owned land or houses"

the money of the things that were sold

This can be stated in active form. AT: "the money that they received from the things that they sold" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

laid it at the apostles' feet

This means that they presented the money to the apostles. AT: "presented it to the apostles" or "gave it to the apostles" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

it was distributed to each one according to their need

The noun "need" can be translated with a verb. This can be stated in active form. AT: "they distributed the money to each believer who needed it" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 4:36-37

General Information:

Luke introduces Barnabas into the story. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-participants/01.md]])

Son of Encouragement

The apostles used this name to show that Joseph was a person who encouraged others. "Son of" is an idiom used to describe a person's behavior or character. AT: "Encourager" or "one who encourages" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

laid it at the apostles' feet

This means that they presented to money to the apostles. See how you translated this in Acts 4:35. AT: "presented it to the apostles" or "gave it to the apostles" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 5

Acts 5:intro-0

Acts 05 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

# "Satan filled your heart to lie to the Holy Spirit"

This is a theologically difficult phrase. Satan controlled the hearts of Ananias and Sapphira. Scholars have debated whether these two were Christians or non-Christians. The meaning of "filled" can be translated as "completely controlled" or simply "controlled" or "guided." This will affect one's interpretation of this verse.

# Jail

The Jewish council had the responsibility of maintaining order in Israel as well as administering justice. Apparently, they had the ability to put people in prison to maintain peace.

Acts 5:1-2

Connecting Statement:

Continuing the story of how the new Christians shared their belongings with other believers, Luke tells about two believers, Ananias and Sapphria. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-background/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-participants/01.md]])

Now

This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line to tell a new part of the story.

his wife also knew it

"his wife also knew that he kept back part of the sale money"

laid it at the apostles' feet

translationWords

[[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/apostle.md]]

Acts 5:3-6

General Information:

If your language does not use rhetorical questions, you may reword these as statements.

why has Satan filled your heart to lie ... land?

Peter uses this question to rebuke Ananias. AT: "you should not have let Satan convince you to lie ... land" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md]])

Satan filled your heart

Here the word "heart" refers to the will and emotions. Possible meanings are 1) "Satan completely controlled you" or 2) "Satan convinced you" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

to lie to the Holy Spirit and to keep back part of the price

This implies that Ananias had told the apostles that he was giving the entire amount that he had received from selling his land. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

While it remained unsold, did it not remain your own ... control?

Peter uses this question to rebuke Ananias. AT: "While it remained unsold, it was your own ... control." (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md]])

While it remained unsold

"While you had not sold it"

after it was sold, was it not in your control?

Peter uses this question to rebuke Ananias. AT: "after it was sold, you had control over the money that you received." (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md]])

after it was sold

This can be stated in active form. AT: "after you sold it" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

How is it that you thought of this thing in your heart?

Peter used this question to rebuke Ananias. Here the word "heart" refers to the will and emotions. AT: "You should not have thought of doing this thing" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

fell down and breathed his last

Here "breathed his last" means "breathed his final breath" and is a polite way of saying that he died. Ananias fell down because he died; he did not die because he fell down. AT: "died and fell to the ground" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-euphemism/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 5:7-8

his wife came in

"Ananias' wife came in" or "Sapphira came in"

what had happened

"that her husband had died"

for so much

"for this much money." This refers to the amount of money that Ananias had given to the apostles.

translationWords

[[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/names/peter.md]]

Acts 5:9-11

Connecting Statement:

This is the end of the part of the story about Ananias and Sapphira.

General Information:

Here the word "you" is plural and refers to both Ananias and Sapphira. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-you/01.md]])

How is it that you have agreed together to test the Spirit of the Lord?

Peter asks this question to rebuke Sapphira. AT: "You should not have agreed together to test the Spirit of the Lord!" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md]])

you have agreed together

"the two of you have agreed together"

to test the Spirit of the Lord

Here the word "test" means to challenge or to prove. They were trying to see if they could get away with lying to God without receiving punishment.

the feet of the men who buried your husband

Here the phrase "the feet" refers to the men. AT: "the men who have buried your husband" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

fell down at his feet

This means that when she died, she fell on the floor in front of Peter. This expression should not be confused with falling down at a person's feet as a sign of humility.

breathed her last

Here "breathed his last" means "breathed her final breath" and is a polite way of saying "she died." See how you translated a similar phrase in Acts 5:5. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-euphemism/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 5:12-13

Connecting Statement:

Luke continues to tell what happens in the early days of the church.

General Information:

Here the words "They" and "they" refer to the believers.

Many signs and wonders were taking place among the people through the hands of the apostles

or "Many signs and wonders took place among the people through the hands of the apostles." This can be stated in active form. AT: "The apostles performed many signs and wonders among the people" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

signs and wonders

"supernatural events and miraculous deeds." See how you translated these terms in Acts 2:22

through the hands of the apostles

Here the word "hands" refers to the apostles. AT: "through the apostles" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

Solomon's Porch

This was a covered walkway that consisted of rows of pillars that supported a roof, and which people named after king Solomon. See how you translated "the porch that is called Solomon's" in Acts 3:11.

they were held in high esteem by the people

This can be stated in active form. AT: "the people held the believers in high esteem" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 5:14-16

General Information:

Here the word "they" refers to the people who lived in Jerusalem.

more believers were being added to the Lord

This could be stated in active form. See how you translated "were added" in Acts 2:41. AT: "more people were believing in the Lord" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

his shadow might fall on some of them

It is implied that God would heal them if Peter's shadow touched them. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

those afflicted with unclean spirits

"those whom unclean spirits had afflicted"

they were all healed

This can be stated in active form. AT: "God healed them all" or "the apostles healed them all" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 5:17-18

Connecting Statement:

The religious leaders began to persecute the believers.

But

This begins a contrasting story. You may translate this in the way that your language introduces a contrasting narrative.

the high priest rose up

Here the phrase "rose up" means that the high priest decided to take action, not that he stood up from a seated position. AT: "the high priest took action" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

they were filled with jealousy

The abstract noun "jealousy" can be translated as an adjective. This could be stated in active form. AT: "they became very jealous" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md]])

laid hands on the apostles

This means that they seized the apostles by force. They would have ordered guards to do this. AT: "had the guards arrest the apostles" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 5:19-21

General Information:

Here the words "them" and "they" refer to the apostles.

in the temple ... into the temple

They did not go into the temple building where only the priests were allowed. AT: "in the temple courtyard ... into the temple courtyard" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

all the words of this Life

This is a reference to the gospel message that the apostles had already proclaimed. Possible meanings are 1) "all this message of eternal life" or 2) "the whole message of this new way of living" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

about daybreak

"as it began to be light." Although the angel led them out of the jail during the night, the sun was rising by the time the apostles reached the temple courtyard.

sent to the jail to have the apostles brought

This implies someone went to the jail. AT: "sent someone to the jail to bring the apostles" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-ellipsis/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 5:22-23

we found no one inside

The words "no one" refer to the apostles. This implies that there was no one else in the jail cell besides the apostles. AT: "we did not find them inside" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 5:24-25

General Information:

Here the word "you" is plural and refers to the captain of the temple and the chief priests. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-you/01.md]])

they were much perplexed

"they were very puzzled" or "they were very confused"

concerning them

"concerning the words they had just heard" or "concerning these things"

what would come of it

"and what would happen as a result"

standing in the temple

They did not go into the part of the temple building where only the priests were allowed. AT: "standing in the temple courtyard" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 5:26-28

Connecting Statement:

The captain and the officers bring the apostles before the Jewish religious council.

General Information:

The word "they" in this section refers to the captain and the officers. In the phrase "feared that the people might stone them" the word "them" refers to the captain and the officers. All other occurrences of "them" in this chunk refer to the apostles.

General Information:

Here the word "you" is plural and refers to the apostles. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-you/01.md]])

they feared

"they were afraid"

in this name

Here the word "name" refers to the person of Jesus. See how you translated this in Acts 4:17. AT: "not to speak anymore about this person, Jesus" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

you have filled Jerusalem with your teaching

Teaching many people in a city is spoken of as if they were filling the city with a teaching. AT: "you have taught many people in Jerusalem about him" or "you have taught about him throughout the Jerusalem" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

desire to bring this man's blood upon us

Here the word "blood" is a metonym for death, and to bring someone's blood on people is a metaphor for saying that they are guilty of that person's death. AT: "desire to make us responsible for this man's death" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 5:29-32

General Information:

Here the word "We" refers to the apostles, and not to the audience. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-exclusive/01.md]])

Peter and the apostles answered

Peter spoke on behalf of all of the apostles when he said the following words.

The God of our fathers raised up Jesus

Here "raised up" here is an idiom for "caused to live again" AT: "The God of our fathers caused Jesus to live again" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

God exalted him to his right hand

To be at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. AT: "God exalted him to the place of honor beside him" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-symaction/01.md]])

by hanging him on a tree

Here Peter uses the word "tree" to refer to the cross which was made out of wood. AT: "by hanging him on a cross" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

give repentance to Israel, and forgiveness of sins

The words "repentance" and "forgiveness" can be translated as verbs. AT: "give the people of Israel an opportunity to repent and have God forgive their sins" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md]])

Israel

The word "Israel" refers to the Jewish people. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

those who obey him

"those who submit to God's authority"

translationWords

Acts 5:33-34

Connecting Statement:

Gamaliel addresses the council members.

Gamaliel, a teacher of the law, who was honored by all the people

Luke introduces Gamaliel and provides background information about him. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-participants/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-background/01.md]])

who was honored by all the people

This can be stated in active form. AT: "whom all the people honored" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

commanded the apostles to be taken outside

This can be stated in active form. AT: "commanded the guards to take the apostles outside" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 5:35-37

pay close attention to

"think carefully about" or "be cautious about." Gamaliel was warning them not to do something that they would later regret.

Theudas rose up

Possible meanings are 1) "Theudas rebelled" or 2) "Theudas appeared."

claiming to be somebody

"claiming to be somebody important"

He was killed

This can be stated in active form. AT: "People killed him" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

all who had been obeying him were scattered

This can be stated in active form. AT: "all the people scattered who had been obeying him" or "all who had been obeying him went in different directions" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

came to nothing

This means that they did not do what they had planned to do.

After this man

"After Theudas"

in the days of the census

"during the time of the census"

drew away some people after him

This means that he persuaded some people to rebel with him against the Roman government. AT: "caused many people to follow him" or "caused many people to join him in rebellion" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 5:38-39

Connecting Statement:

Gamaliel finishes addressing the council members. Though they beat the apostles, command them not to teach about Jesus, and let them go, the disciples continue to teach and preach.

keep away from these men and let them alone

Gamaliel is telling the Jewish leaders no to punish the apostles any more or to put them back in jail. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

if this plan or work is of men

"if men have devised this plan or are doing this work"

it will be overthrown

This can be stated in active form. AT: "someone will overthrow it" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

if it is of God

Here the word "it" refers to "this plan or work." AT: "if God has devised this plan or commanded these men to do this work" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-ellipsis/01.md]])

So they were persuaded

This can be stated in active form. AT: "So Gamaliel persuaded them" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 5:40-42

General Information:

Here first word "they" refers to the council members. The rest of the words "them," "They," and "they" refer to the apostles.

they called the apostles in and beat them

The council members would have ordered the temple guards to do these things. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

to speak in the name of Jesus

Here "name" refers to the authority of Jesus. See how you translated a similar phrase in Acts 4:18. AT: "to speak anymore in the authority of Jesus" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

they were counted worthy to suffer dishonor for the Name

The apostles rejoiced because God had honored them by letting the Jewish leaders dishonor them. This can be stated in active form. AT: "God had counted them worthy to suffer dishonor for the Name" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

for the Name

Here "the Name" refers to Jesus. AT: "for Jesus" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

Thereafter every day

"After that day, every day." This phrase marks what the apostles did every day through the following days.

in the temple and from house to house

They did not go into the temple building where only the priests went. AT: "in the temple courtyard and in different people's houses" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 6

Acts 6:intro-0

Acts 06 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

# Favoritism

There was priority given to those in need based on where they were from. The Jewish widows (who were probably Jewish Christians) from Israel were given priority over the Jewish widows (who were probably Jewish Christians) from Greece.

# Deacons

The church establishes leaders to serve over the practical needs of the church. This is probably the practice that lead to the formation of the office of deacon, described elsewhere in the New Testament.

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

# "His face was like the face of an angel"

All cultures have different images associated with angels. It is important to avoid these connotations present in the background of the translator's culture. It is possible that his face was "shining" like an angel; regardless, it is probably an indication of his holiness or righteousness in the midst of this trial. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/holy.md]] or [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/righteous.md]])

Acts 6:1

seized

"grabbed"

does not stop speaking

"continually speaks"

handed down to us

The phrase "handed down" means "passed on." AT: "taught our ancestors" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

fixed their eyes on him

This is an idiom that means they looked intently at him. Here "eyes" is a metonym for sight. AT: "looked intently at him" or "stared at him" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

was like the face of an angel

This phrase compares his face to that of an angel but does not say specifically what they have in common. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-simile/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 7

Acts 7:intro-0

Acts 07 General Notes

Structure and formatting

Some translations indent each line of poetry to make it easier to read. The ULB does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 7:42-43 and 49-50.

It appears that 8:1 is part of the narrative of this chapter.

Special concepts in this chapter

# "Stephen said"

Stephen retells the history of Israel very briefly. This is something the Jewish council and the high priest would have already known. The climax of the story is Jesus coming as the Messiah of Israel and his rejection by the Jewish leaders. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/christ.md]])

# "Full of the Holy Spirit"

This means "to be completely controlled by the Holy Spirit." In other words, a person is living in total alignment with the will of God. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/willofgod.md]])

Important figures of speech in this chapter

# "You act just as your forefathers acted"

Stephen compares the idolatry of the Israelites in history with the leaders' rejection of Jesus, the Messiah. This is a type of metaphor. The phrases "stiff-necked" and "uncircumcised" are also metaphors for the people's sin and lack of understanding. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/sin.md]])

# Foreshadowing

Saul, also known as Paul, is included here to foreshadow the role he will play in the rest of the book of Acts. Here Saul is persecuting Christians.

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

# Background Knowledge

This chapter will be very difficult to understand if the book of Genesis has not yet been translated into one's language. In many ways, it summarizes the book of Genesis, with many details left out.

Acts 7:1-3

Connecting Statement:

The part of the story about Stephen, which began in Acts 6:8, continues. Stephen begins his response to the high priest and the council by talking about things that happened in Israel's history. Most of this history comes from Moses' writings.

General Information:

The word "our" includes both Steven, the Jewish council to whom he spoke, and the entire audience. The word "your" is singular refers to Abraham. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-you/01.md]])

Brothers and fathers, listen to me

Stephen was being very respectful to the council in greeting them as extended family.

translationWords

Acts 7:4-5

General Information:

In verse 4 the words "he," "his," and "him" refer to Abraham. In verse 5 the words "He" and "he" refer to God, but the word "him" refers to Abraham.

General Information:

Here the word "you" refers to the Jewish council and audience. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-you/01.md]])

He gave none of it

"He did not give any of it"

enough to set a foot on

Possible meanings for this phrase are 1) enough ground to stand on or 2) enough ground to take a step. AT: "a very tiny piece of ground" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

as a possession to him and to his descendants after him

"for Abraham to own and to give to his descendants"

translationWords

Acts 7:6-8

God was speaking to him like this

It may be helpful to state that this occurred later than the statement in the previous verse. AT: "Later God told Abraham"

four hundred years

"400 years" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-numbers/01.md]])

I will judge the nation

"nation" refers to the people in it. AT: "I will judge the people of the nation" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

the nation that they serve

"the nation that they will serve"

gave Abraham the covenant of circumcision

The Jews would have understood that this covenant required Abraham to circumcise the males of his family. AT: "made a covenant with Abraham to circumcise the males of his family" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

so Abraham became the father of Isaac

The story transitions to Abraham's descendants.

Jacob the father

"Jacob became the father." Stephen shortened this. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-ellipsis/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 7:9-10

the patriarchs

"Jacob's older sons" or "Joseph's older brothers"

sold him into Egypt

The Jews knew their ancestors sold Joseph to be a slave in Egypt. AT: "sold him as a slave in Egypt" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

was with him

This is an idiom for helping someone. AT: "helped him" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

over Egypt

This refers to the people of Egypt. AT: "over all the people of Egypt" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

all his household

This refers to all his possessions. AT: "everything he owned" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 7:11-13

there came a famine

"a famine came." The ground stopped producing food.

our fathers

This refers Jacob and his sons, who were the ancestors of the Jewish people.

grain

Grain was the most common food at that time.

our fathers ... his brothers

Both of these phrases refer to Joseph's older brothers. The UDB makes this explicit. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

On their second trip

"On their next trip" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-ordinal/01.md]])

made himself known

Joseph revealed to his brothers his identity as their brother.

Joseph's family became known to Pharaoh

This can be stated in active form. AT: "Pharaoh learned that they were Joseph's family" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 7:14-16

sent his brothers back

"sent his brothers back to Canaan" or "sent his brothers back home"

he died

Make sure it does not sound as though he died as soon as he arrived in Egypt. AT: "eventually Jacob died"

he and our fathers

"Jacob and his sons who became our ancestors"

They were carried over ... and laid

This can be stated in active form. AT: "Jacob's descendants carried Jacob's body and his son's bodies over ... and buried them" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

for a price in silver

"with money"

translationWords

Acts 7:17-19

General Information:

The word "our" includes Stephen and his audience. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-inclusive/01.md]])

As the time of the promise ... the people grew and multiplied

In some languages it may be helpful to say that the people increased in number before saying that the time of the promise arrived.

time of the promise approached

It was close to the time that God would fulfill his promise to Abraham.

there arose another king

"another king began to rule"

over Egypt

"Egypt" refers to the people of Egypt. AT: "the people of Egypt" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

who did not know about Joseph

"Joseph" refers to the reputation of Joseph. AT: "who did not know that Joseph had helped Egypt" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

treated our fathers so badly

"treated our ancestors so poorly" or "took advantage of our ancestors"

translationWords

Acts 7:20-21

At that time Moses was born

This introduces Moses into the story. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-participants/01.md]])

very beautiful before God

This phrase is an idiom that means Moses was very beautiful. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

was nourished

This can be stated in active form. AT: "his parents nourished him" or "his parents cared for him" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

When he was placed outside

Moses was "placed outside" because of Pharaoh's command. This can be stated in active form. AT: "When his parents placed him outside" or "When they abandoned him" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

raised him as her own son.

"Raised" here is an idiom for "established." AT: "established him as her own son." (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

as her own son

"as if he were her own son"

translationWords

Acts 7:22-25

Moses was educated

This can be stated in active form. AT: "The Egyptians educated Moses" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

all the wisdom of the Egyptians

This is an exaggeration to emphasize that he was trained in the best schools in Egypt. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-hyperbole/01.md]])

mighty in his words and works

"effective in his speech and actions" or "influential in what he said and did" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

it came into his heart

"he thought about and decided." This is an idiom that means "he decided" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

visit his brothers, the children of Israel

This refers to his people, and not just to his family. AT: "see how his own people, the children of Israel, were doing" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

Seeing an Israelite being mistreated ... the Egyptian

This can be stated in active form by rearranging the order. AT: "Seeing an Egyptian mistreating an Israelite, Moses defended and avenged the Israelite by striking the Egyptian who was oppressing him" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

striking the Egyptian

Moses hit the Egyptian so hard that he died.

he thought

"he imagined"

by his hand was rescuing them

Here "hand" refers to the actions of Moses. AT: "was rescuing them through what Moses was doing" or "was using the actions of Moses to rescue them" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 7:26-28

General Information:

Here the word "us" refers to the Israelites but does not include Moses. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-exclusive/01.md]])

some Israelites

The audience would have known from the account in Exodus that these were two men, but Stephen does not specify that. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

put them at peace with each other

"make them stop fighting"

Men, you are brothers

Moses was addressing the Israelites who were fighting.

why are you hurting one another?

Moses asked this question to encourage them to stop fighting. AT: "you should not hurt each other!" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md]])

Who made you a ruler and a judge over us?

The man used this question to rebuke Moses. AT: "You have no authority over us!" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md]])

Would you like to kill me, as you killed the Egyptian yesterday?

The man used this question to warn Moses that he and probably others knew Moses had killed the Egyptian.

translationWords

Acts 7:29-30

General Information:

Stephen's audience already knew that Moses had married a Midianite woman when he fled Egypt. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

after hearing this

The implied information is that Moses understood that the Israelites knew that he had killed an Egyptian the day before (Acts 7:28). (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

When forty years were past

"After 40 years passed." This was the amount of time Moses had been in Midian. AT: "Forty years after Moses fled from Egypt" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

an angel appeared

Stephen's audience knew that God spoke through the angel. The UDB makes this explicit. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 7:31-32

he marveled at the sight

Moses was surprised that the bush was not burning up in the fire. This was previously known by Stephen's audience. AT: "because the bush was not burning up" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

as he approached to look at it ... Moses trembled and did not dare to look

This may mean Moses initially drew close to the bush to investigate, but then drew back in fear when he heard the voice.

I am the God of your fathers

"I am the God whom your ancestors worshiped"

Moses trembled

Moses shook from fear. This can be made clear. AT: "Moses trembled with fear" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 7:33-34

Take off the sandals

God told Moses this so he would honor God. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-symaction/01.md]])

for the place where you are standing is holy ground

The implied information is that where God is present, the immediate area around God is considered or made holy by God. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

certainly seen

"seen for sure." The word certainly adds emphasis to seen.

my people

The word "my" emphasizes that these people belonged to God. AT: "the descendants of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob"

I have come down to rescue them

"will personally cause their release"

now come

"get ready." God uses an order here.

translationWords

Acts 7:35-37

General Information:

Verses 35-38 contains a series of connected phrases referring to Moses. Each phrase begins with statements such as "This Moses" or "This same Moses" or "This is the man" or "It is the same Moses." If possible, use similar statements to emphasize Moses.

General Information:

After the Israelites left Egypt, they spent 40 years wandering around the wilderness before God led them into the land he had promised them.

This Moses whom they rejected

This refers back to the events recorded in Acts 7:27-28.

Who made you a ruler and a judge?

This question was used to rebuke Moses. See how you translated this rhetorical question in Acts 7:27. AT: "You have no authority over us!" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md]])

a ruler and deliverer

"Deliver" here is a metaphor for "bring." AT: "to rule over them and bring them to safety" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

by the hand of the angel ... bush

The hand is a metonym for the action performed by the person. In this case, the angel had commanded Moses to return to Egypt. Stephen speaks as if the angel had a physical hand. You may need to make explicit what action the angel did. AT: "by the action of the angel" or "by having the angel ... bush command him to return to Egypt" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

during forty years

Stephen's audience knew about the forty years the Israelites spent in the wilderness. AT: "during the 40 years that the Israelite people lived in the wilderness" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

raise up a prophet

"Raise up" here is an idiom for "establish." AT: "raise up a prophet" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

from among your brothers

"from among your own people"

translationWords

Acts 7:38-40

General Information:

The quotation in verse 40 is from the writings of Moses.

This is the man who was in the assembly

"This is the man Moses who was among the Israelites"

This is the man

The phrase "This is the man" throughout this passage refers to Moses.

this is the man who received living words to give to us

God was the one who gave those words. AT: "this is the man to whom God spoke living words to give to us"

living words

Possible meanings are 1) "a message that endures" or 2) "words that give life." (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

pushed him away from themselves

This metaphor emphasizes their rejection of Moses. AT: "they rejected him as their leader" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

in their hearts they turned back

To do something in the heart is a metonym for desiring to to something. AT: "they desired to turn back" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

At that time

"When they decided to return to Egypt"

translationWords

Acts 7:41-42

General Information:

Stephen's quotation here is from the prophet Amos.

they made a calf

Stephen's audience knew the calf they made was a statue. AT: "they made a statue that looked like a calf" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

a calf ... the idol ... the work of their hands

These phrases all refer to the same statue of the calf.

God turned

"God turned away." This action expresses that God was not pleased with the people and no longer helped them. AT: "God stopped correcting them" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-symaction/01.md]])

gave them up

"abandoned them"

the stars in the sky

Possible meanings for the original phrase are 1) the stars only or 2) the sun, moon, and stars.

the book of the prophets

This was apparently a collection of the writings of several of the Old Testament prophets into one scroll. It would also have included the writings of Amo.

Did you offer to me slain beasts and sacrifices ... Israel?

God asked this question to show Israel they did not worship Him with their sacrifices. AT: "You did not honor me when you offered slain beasts and sacrifices ... Israel" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md]])

house of Israel

This refers to the whole nation of Israel. AT: "all you Israelites" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 7:43

Connecting Statement:

Stephen continues his response to the high priest and the council which he began in Acts 7:2.

General Information:

The quotation from the prophet Amos continues here.

You accepted

It is implied that they took these idols with them as they traveled in the wilderness. AT: "you carried with you from place to place" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

tabernacle of Molech

the tent that housed the false god Molech

the star of the god Rephan

the star that is identified with the false god Rephan

the images that you made

They made statues or images of the gods Molech and Rephan in order to worship them.

I will carry you away beyond Babylon

"I will remove you to places even farther than Babylon." This would be God's act of judgment.

translationWords

Acts 7:44-46

the tabernacle of the testimony

The tent that housed the ark (a box) with the 10 commandments carved in stone inside it

our fathers, under Joshua, received the tabernacle and brought it with them

The phrase "under Joshua" means that their ancestors did these things in obedience to Joshua's direction. AT: "our fathers, in accordance with Joshua's instructions, received the tabernacle and brought it with them"

God took the land from the nations and drove them out before the face of our fathers

This sentence tells why the ancestors were able to take possession of the land. AT: "God forced the nations to leave the land before the face of our fathers"

God took the land ... before the face of our fathers

Here "the face of our fathers" refers to the presence of their ancestors. Possible meanings are 1) "As our ancestors watched, God took the land from the nations and drove them out" or 2) "When our ancestors came, God took the land from the nations and drove them out" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

the nations

This refers to the people who lived in the land before Israel. AT: "the people who previously lived here" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

drove them out

"forced them to leave the land"

a dwelling place for the God of Jacob

"a house for the ark where the God of Jacob could stay." David wanted a permanent place for the ark to reside in Jerusalem, not in a tent.

translationWords

Acts 7:47-50

General Information:

In verses 49 and 50, Stephen quotes from the prophet Isaiah. In the quotation, God is speaking about himself.

made with hands

The hand is a synecdoche for the whole person. AT: "made by people" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

Heaven is my throne ... the earth is the footstool for my feet

The prophet is comparing the greatness of God's presence to how impossible it is for man to build a place for God to rest on earth since the whole earth is nothing but a place for God to rest his feet.

What kind of house can you build for me?

God asks this question to show how useless man's efforts are to take care of God. AT: "You can not build a house adequate enough for me!" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md]])

what is the place for my rest?

God asks this question to show man that he cannot provide God any rest. AT: "There is no place of rest good enough for me!" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md]])

Did my hand not make all these things?

God asks this question to show that man did not create anything. AT: "My hand made all these things!" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 7:51-53

Connecting Statement:

With a sharp rebuke, Stephen finishes his response to the high priest and the council which he began in Acts 7:2.

You people who are stiff-necked

Stephen shifted from identifying with the Jewish leaders to rebuking them.

stiff-necked

This does not mean their necks were stiff but rather that they were "stubborn." (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

uncircumcised in heart and ears

The Jews regarded uncircumcised people as disobedient to God. Stephen uses "hearts and ears" to represent to the Jewish leaders who acted the way Gentiles act when they do not obey or listen to God. AT: "you refuse to obey and hear" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

Which of the prophets did your fathers not persecute?

Stephen asked this question to show them that they learned nothing from the errors of their forefathers. AT: "Your forefathers persecuted every prophet!" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md]])

Righteous One

This refers to the Christ, the Messiah.

you have now become the betrayers and murderers of him also

"you have also betrayed and murdered him"

murderers of him

"murderers of the Righteous One" or "murderers of the Christ"

the law that angels had established

"the laws that God caused angels to give to our ancestors"

translationWords

Acts 7:54-56

Connecting Statement:

The council reacts to Stephen's words.

Now when the council members heard these things

This is the turning point; the sermon ends and the council members react.

were cut to the heart

To "cut to the heart" is an idiom for making a person extremely angry. AT: "were extremely angry" or "became very angry" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

ground their teeth at Stephen

This action expressed their strong anger at Stephen or hatred of Stephen. AT: "they became so angry that they ground their teeth together" or "moved their teeth back and forth as they looked at Stephen"(See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-symaction/01.md]])

looked up intently into heaven

"Stared up into heaven." It appears that only Stephen saw this vision and not anyone else in the crowd.

saw the glory of God

People normally experienced the glory of God as a bright light. AT: "saw a bright light from God" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

and he saw Jesus standing at the right hand of God

To stand at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. AT: "and he saw Jesus standing in the place of honor and authority beside God" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-symaction/01.md]])

Son of Man

Stephen refers to Jesus by the title "Son of Man."

translationWords

Acts 7:57-58

covered their ears

"put their hands on their ears." They did this to show that they did not want to hear any more of what Stephen said. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-symaction/01.md]])

They dragged him out of the city

"They seized Stephen and forcefully took him out of the city"

outer clothing

These are cloaks or robes they would wear outside to stay warm, similar in function to a jacket or coat.

at the feet

"in front of." They were placed there so Saul could watch them.

a young man

Saul was probably around 30 years old at the time.

translationWords

Acts 7:59-60

Connecting Statement:

This ends the story of Stephen.

receive my spirit

"take my spirit." It may be helpful to add "please" to show that this was a request. AT: "please receive my spirit"

He knelt down

This is an act of submission to God. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-symaction/01.md]])

do not hold this sin against them

This can be stated in a positive way. AT: "forgive them for this sin" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-litotes/01.md]])

fell asleep

This is a polite expression that means he "died." (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-euphemism/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 8

Acts 8:intro-0

Acts 08 General Notes

Structure and formatting

Some translations indent each line of poetry to make it easier to read. The ULB does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 8:32-33.

The first verse appears connected to the narrative of chapter 7 and not the events of Chapter 8.

Special concepts in this chapter

# Receiving the Holy Spirit

Many scholars believe this events marks the time when the Spirit started to indwell people when they began to believe in Jesus. The Spirit did this in order to assure them and to guide them. Others believe this event gave them the ability to speak in tongues, in addition to indwelling them, but that it is an event that occurs after they come to faith in Christ. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/believe.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/save.md]])

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

# Preached the gospel

While "preaching" can take many forms, the general idea in this phrase is that they share the good news that Jesus died and rose again for the sins of man. It is the message and not its presentation that is significant here. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/sin.md]])

Acts 8:1-3

Connecting Statement:

The story shifts from Stephen to Saul in these verses.

General Information:

It may be helpful to your audience to move these parts of the story about Stephen together by using a verse bridge as the UDB does. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-versebridge/01.md]])

So there began ... except the apostles

This part of verse 1 is background information about the persecution that began after Stephen's death. This explains why Saul was persecuting the believers in verse 3. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-background/01.md]])

that day

This refers to the day that Stephen died. (See: Acts 7:59-60)

the believers were all scattered

The word "all" is a generalization to express that a large number of the believers left Jerusalem because of the persecution. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-hyperbole/01.md]])

except the apostles

This statement implies that the apostles remained in Jerusalem even though they also experienced this great persecution. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

Devout men

"God-fearing men" or "Men who feared God"

made great lamentation over him

"greatly mourned his death"

dragged out men and women

Saul forcefully took Jewish believers out of their home and put them into prison.

house after house

"houses one by one"

dragged out men and women

"took away men and women by force"

men and women

This refers to men and women who believed in Jesus. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 8:4-5

Connecting Statement:

This begins the story of Philip, whom the people had chosen as a deacon. (See: Acts 6:5)

who had been scattered

The cause for the scattering, the persecution, was stated previously. This can be stated in active form. AT: "who had fled the great persecution and had gone" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

proclaiming the word

"Word" here is a metonym for "message." AT: "proclaiming the message from God" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

went down to the city of Samaria

The phrase "went down" is used here because Samaria is lower in elevation than Jerusalem.

the city of Samaria

Possible meanings are 1) Luke expected the readers to know which city he was writing about. AT: "the main city in Samaria" or 2) Luke did not expect his readers to know which city he was writing about. AT: "a city in Samaria"

proclaimed to them the Christ

The title "Christ" refers to Jesus, the Messiah. AT: "told them that Jesus is the Messiah" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 8:6-8

When multitudes of people

"When many people in the city of Samaria." The location was specified previously. (See: Acts 8:5)

they paid attention

The reason people paid attention was because of all the healing Philip did.

who were possessed

"who had them" or "who were controlled by unclean spirits"

So there was much joy in that city

The phrase "that city" refers to the people who were rejoicing. AT: "So the people of the city were rejoicing" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 8:9-11

General Information:

Simon is introduced to the story of Philip. Verses 9 to 11 are background information about Simon and who he was among the Samaritans. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-background/01.md]])

But there was a certain man ... named Simon

This is a way of introducing a new person into the story. Your language may use different wording to introduce a new person into the story. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-participants/01.md]])

the city

"the city in Samaria" (See: Acts 8:5)

All the Samaritans

The word "all" is a generalization. AT: "Many of the Samaritans" or "The Samaritans in the city" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-hyperbole/01.md]])

from the least to the greatest

These two phrases refer to everyone from one extreme to the other. AT: "no matter how important they were" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-merism/01.md]])

This man is that power of God which is called Great

People were saying that Simon was the divine power known as "The Great Power."

that power of God which is called Great

Possible meanings are 1) the powerful representative of God or 2) God or 3) the most powerful man or 4) and angel. Since the term is unclear, it may be best to simply translate it as "the Great power of God" .

translationWords

Acts 8:12-13

Connecting Statement:

These verses give more information about Simon and some of the Samaritans coming to believe in Jesus.

they were baptized

This can be stated in active form. AT: "Philip baptized them" or "Philip baptized the new believers" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

Simon himself believed

The word "himself" is here used to emphasize that Simon believed. AT: "Simon was also one of those who believed" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rpronouns/01.md]])

he was baptized

This can be stated in active form. AT: "Philip baptized Simon" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

When he saw signs

This could begin a new sentence. AT: "When he saw"

translationWords

Acts 8:14-17

Connecting Statement:

Luke continues the news of what was happening in Samaria.

Now when the apostles in Jerusalem heard

This marks the beginning of a new part of the story of the Samaritan's becoming believers. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-newevent/01.md]])

Samaria

This refers to the many people, who had become believers, throughout the district of Samaria. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

had received

"had believed" or "had accepted"

When they had come down

"when Peter and John had come down"

come down

This phrase is used here because Samaria is lower in elevation than Jerusalem.

they prayed for them

"Peter and John prayed for the Samaritan believers"

that they might receive the Holy Spirit

"that the Samaritan believers might receive the Holy Spirit"

they had only been baptized

This can be stated in active form. AT: "Philip had only baptized the Samaritan believers" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

they had only been baptized into the name of the Lord Jesus

Here "name" represents authority, and being baptized into his name represents being baptized in order to be under his authority. AT: "they had only been baptized to become disciples of the Lord Jesus" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

Peter and John placed their hands on them

The word "them" refers to the Samaritan people who believed Stephen's message of the gospel.

placed their hands on them

This symbolic action shows that Peter and John wanted God to give the Holy Spirit to the believers. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-symaction/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 8:18-19

the Holy Spirit was given through the laying on of the apostles' hands

This can be stated in active form. AT: "the apostles gave the Holy Spirit by laying their hands on people" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

that whoever I place my hands on might receive the Holy Spirit

"that I can give the Holy Spirit to anyone on whom I place my hands"

translationWords

Acts 8:20-23

General Information:

Here the words him, your, you, and yours all refer to Simon.

May your silver perish along with you

"May you and your money be destroyed"

the gift of God

Here this refers to the ability to give the Holy Spirit by laying his hands on someone.

You have no part or share in this matter

The words "part" and "share" mean the same thing and are used for emphasis. AT: "You may not participate in this work" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-doublet/01.md]])

your heart is not right

The word "heart" here refers to his thinking. AT: "Your thinking is wrong" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

for the intention of your heart

"for wanting to buy the ability to give the Holy Spirit to others" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonomy/01.md]])

this wickedness

"these evil thoughts"

he might perhaps forgive

"he may be willing to forgive"

in the poison of bitterness

Here "in the poison of bitterness" is a metaphor for being very envious. It speaks of envy as if it tastes bitter and poisons the person who is envious. AT: "very envious" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

in the bonds of sin

The phrase "bonds of sin" is spoken of as if sin can restrain Simon and keep him a prisoner. It is metaphor that means Simon is not able to stop himself from sinning. AT: "because you continue sinning you are like a prisoner" or "you are like a prisoner to sin" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 8:24

General Information:

Here the word "you" refers to Peter and John.

so that nothing you have said may happen to me

This can be stated another way. AT: "the things you have said ... may not happen to me"

so that nothing you have said may happen to me

This refers to Peter's rebuke about Simon's silver perishing along with him.

translationWords

Acts 8:25

Connecting Statement:

This is concludes the part of the story about Simon and the Samaritans.

testified

Peter and John told what they personally knew about Jesus to the Samaritans.

spoken the word of the Lord

"Word" here is a metonym for "message." Peter and John explained the message about Jesus to the Samaritans. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

to many villages of the Samaritans

Here "villages" refers to the people in them. AT: "to the people in many Samaritan villages" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 8:26-28

Connecting Statement:

This begins the part of the story about Philip and the man from Ethiopia.

General Information:

Verse 27 gives background information about the man from Ethiopia. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-background/01.md]])

Now

This marks a transition in the story. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-newevent/01.md]])

Arise and go

These verbs work together to emphasize that he should get ready to start a long journey that will take some time. AT: "Get ready to travel"

goes down from Jerusalem to Gaza

The phrase "goes down" is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than Gaza.

This road is in a desert

Most scholars believe Luke added this comment to describe the area through which Philip would travel. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-background/01.md]])

Behold

The word "behold" alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-participants/01.md]])

eunuch

The emphasis of "eunuch" here is about the Ethiopian's being a high government official, not so much his physical state of being castrated.

Candace

This was a title for the queens of Ethiopia. It is similar to the way the word Pharaoh was used for the kings of Egypt. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

He had come to Jerusalem to worship

This implies that he was a Gentile who believed in God and had come to worship at the Jewish temple. AT: "He had come to worship God at the temple in Jerusalem" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

chariot

Possibly "wagon" or "carriage" is more fitting in this context. Chariots are normally mentioned as a vehicle for war, not as a vehicle for long-distance travel. Also, people stood to ride in chariots.

reading the prophet Isaiah

This is the Old Testament book Isaiah. AT: "reading from the book of the prophet Isaiah" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 8:29-31

stay close to this chariot

Philip understood that this meant he was to stay close to the person riding in the chariot. AT: "accompany the man in this chariot" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

reading Isaiah the prophet

This is the Old Testament book Isaiah. AT: "reading from the book of the prophet Isaiah" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

Do you understand what you are reading?

The Ethiopian was intelligent and could read, but he lacked spiritual discernment. AT: "Do you understand the meaning of what you are reading?"

How can I, unless someone guides me?

This question was asked to state emphatically that he could not understand without help. AT: "I cannot understand unless someone guides me" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md]])

He begged Philip to ... sit with him

It is implied here that Philip agreed to travel down the road with him to explain the scriptures. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 8:32-33

General Information:

This a passage from the book of Isaiah.

General Information:

Here the words "he" and "his" refer to the Messiah.

like a lamb before his shearer is silent

A shearer is a person who cuts the wool off the sheep so that it may be used.

In his humiliation justice was taken away from him

This can be stated in active form. AT: "He was humiliated and they did not judge him fairly" or "he allowed himself to be humbled before his accusers and he suffered injustice" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

Who can fully describe his descendants?

This question was used to emphasize the he will not have descendants. AT: "No one will be able to speak about his descendant, for there will not be any" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md]])

his life was taken from the earth

This referred to his death. It can be stated in active form. AT: "men killed him" or "men took his life from the earth" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 8:34-35

I beg you

"Please tell me"

this scripture

This refers to Isaiah's writings in the Old Testament. AT: "in the writings of Isaiah" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

he proclaimed the good news about Jesus to him

"he taught the good news about Jesus to the eunuch"

translationWords

[[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/jesus.md]]

Acts 8:36-38

they went on the road

"they continued to travel along the road"

What prevents me from being baptized?

The eunuch uses this question as a way of asking Philip for permission to be baptized. AT: "Please allow me to be baptized" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md]])

commanded the chariot to stop

"told the driver of the chariot to stop"

translationWords

Acts 8:39-40

Connecting Statement:

This is the end of the part of the story about Philip and the man from Ethiopia. The story of Philip ends at Caesarea.

the eunuch saw him no more

"the eunuch did not see Philip again"

Philip appeared at Azotus

There was no indication of Philip's traveling between where he baptized the Ethiopian and Azotus. He just suddenly disappeared along the road to Gaza and reappeared at the town of Azotus.

that region

This refers to the area around the town of Azotus.

to all the cities

"to all the cities in that region"

translationWords

Acts 9

Acts 9:intro-0

Acts 09 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

# "The Way"

This was apparently a name given to people who were Christians in the early church.

# "Letters for the synagogues in Damascus"

The letters Paul asked for would have been legal papers, which authorized the persecution and imprisonment of the Christians. The translator's culture may have different terms for "legal papers" or "legally binding papers," which could be useful in translation.

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

# "I am Jesus"

The text does not make it explicitly clear, but this is Jesus in body or physical form after he was raised from the dead. He was only visible to Saul. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

Acts 9:1-2

Connecting Statement:

The story shifts back to Saul and his salvation.

General Information:

These verses give background information telling us what Saul has been doing since the stoning of Stephen. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-background/01.md]])

General Information:

Here the word "him" refers to the high priest and "he" refers to Saul.

still speaking threats even of murder against the disciples

The noun "murder" can be translated as a verb. AT: "still speaking threats, even to murder the disciples" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md]])

for the synagogues

This refers to the people in the synagogues. AT: "for the people in the synagogues" or "for the leaders in the synagogues" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

if he found any

"when he found anyone" or "if he found anyone"

who belonged to the Way

"who followed the teachings of Jesus Christ"

the Way

This term appears to have been a title for Christianity at that time.

he might bring them bound to Jerusalem

"he might take them as prisoners to Jerusalem." Paul's purpose can be made clear by adding "so that the Jewish leaders could judge and punish them" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 9:3-4

Connecting Statement:

After the high priest gave Saul the letters, Saul left for Damascus.

As he was traveling

Saul left Jerusalem and now travels to Damascus.

it happened that

This is an expression that marks a change in the story to show something different is about to happen. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-newevent/01.md]])

there shone all around him a light out of heaven

"a light from heaven shone all around him"

out of heaven

Possible meanings are 1) heaven, where God lives or 2) the sky. The first meaning is preferable. Use that meaning if your language has a separate word for it.

he fell upon the ground

Possible meanings are that 1) "Saul threw himself to the ground" or 2) "The light caused him to fall to the ground" or 3) "Saul fell to the ground the way one who fainted fell." Saul did not fall accidentally.

why are you persecuting me?

This rhetorical question communicates a rebuke to Saul. In some languages a statement would be more natural (AT): "You are persecuting me!" or a command (AT): "Stop persecuting me!" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 9:5-7

General Information:

Every occurrence of the word "you" here is singular.

Who are you, Lord?

Saul was not acknowledging that Jesus is the Lord. He uses that title because he understood that he spoke to someone of supernatural power.

but rise, enter into the city

"get up and go into the city Damascus"

it will be told you

This can be stated in the active form. AT: "someone will tell you" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

hearing the voice, but seeing no one

"they heard the voice, but they did not see anyone"

but seeing no one

"but saw no one." Apparently only Saul experienced the light.

translationWords

Acts 9:8-9

when he opened his eyes

This implies that he had closed his eyes because the light was too bright. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

he could see nothing

"he could not see anything." Saul was blind.

was without sight

"was blind" or "could not see anything"

he neither ate nor drank

It is not stated whether he chose not to eat or drink as a form of worship, or if he had no appetite because he was too distressed from his situation. It is preferable not to specify the reason.

translationWords

Acts 9:10-12

General Information:

The story of Saul continues but Luke introduces another man named Ananias. This is not the same Ananias who died earlier in Acts Acts 5:3. You may translate it the same way though as you did in Acts 5:1. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

General Information:

Though there is more than one Judas mentioned in the New Testament, it is likely this is the only appearance of this Judas.

Now there was

This introduces Ananias as a new character. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-participants/01.md]])

He said

"Ananias said"

go to the street which is called Straight

"go to Straight Street"

house of Judas

This Judas is not the disciple who betrayed Jesus. This Judas was owner of a house in Damascus where Saul was staying.

a man from Tarsus named Saul

"a man from the city of Tarsus named Saul" or "Saul of Tarsus"

laying his hands on him

This was a symbol of giving a spiritual blessing to Saul. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-symaction/01.md]])

he might see again

"he might regain his ability to see"

translationWords

Acts 9:13-16

your holy people

Here "holy people" refers to Christians. AT: "the people in Jerusalem who believe in you"

authority ... to arrest everyone here

It is implied that the extent of the power and authority granted Saul was limited to the Jewish people at this point in time. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

calls upon your name

Here "your name" refers to Jesus. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

he is a chosen instrument of mine

"chosen instrument" refers to something that is set apart for service. AT: "I have chosen him to serve me" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

to carry my name

This is an expression for identifying or speaking out for Jesus. AT: "in order that he might speak about me" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

for the cause of my name

This is an expression meaning "for telling people about me." (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 9:17-19

Connecting Statement:

Ananias goes to the house where Saul is staying. After Saul is healed, the story shifts from Ananias back to Saul.

General Information:

The word "you" here is singular and refers to Saul. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-you/01.md]])

So Ananias departed, and entered into the house

It may be helpful to state that Ananias went to the house before he entered into it. AT: "So Ananias went, and after he found the house where Saul was, he entered it"

Laying his hands on him

Ananias put his hands on Saul. This was a symbol of giving a blessing to Saul. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-symaction/01.md]])

so that you might receive your sight and be filled with the Holy Spirit

This can be stated in active form. AT: "has sent me so that you might see again and that the Holy Spirit might fill you" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

something like scales fell

"something that appeared like fish scales fell"

he received his sight

"he was able to see again"

he arose and was baptized

This can be stated in active form. AT: "he got up and Ananias baptized him" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 9:20-22

General Information:

Here only the second "he" refers to Jesus, the Son of God. The first "he" and the other ones refer to Saul.

Son of God

This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples/01.md]])

All who heard him

The word "All" is a generalization. AT: "Those who heard him" or "Many who heard him" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-hyperbole/01.md]])

Is not this the man who destroyed those in Jerusalem who called on this name?

This is a rhetorical and negative question that emphasizes that Saul was indeed the man who had persecuted the believers. AT: "This is the man who destroyed those in Jerusalem who called on this name Jesus!" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md]])

this name

Here "name" refers to Jesus. AT: "the name of Jesus" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

causing distress among the Jews

They were distressed in the sense that they could not find a way to refute Saul's arguments that Jesus was the Christ.

translationWords

Acts 9:23-25

General Information:

The word "him" in this section refers to Saul.

the Jews

This refers to the leaders of the Jews. AT: "the Jewish leaders" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

But their plan became known to Saul

This can be stated in active form. AT: "But someone told their plan to Saul" or "But Saul learned about their plan" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

They watched the gates

This city had a wall surrounding it. People could normally only enter and exit the city through the gates.

his disciples

people who believed Saul's message about Jesus and were following his teaching

let him down through the wall, lowering him in a basket

"used ropes to lower him in a large basket through an opening in the wall"

translationWords

Acts 9:26-27

General Information:

Here the words "he" and "him" refer to Saul all but one time. "And 'he' told them how" in verse 27 refers to Barnabas.

but they were all afraid of him

Here "they were all" is a generalization, but it is possible that it refers to every person. AT: "but they were afraid of him" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-hyperbole/01.md]])

had spoken boldly in the name of Jesus

This is a way of saying he preached or taught the gospel message of Jesus Christ without fear. AT: "had openly preached the message about Jesus" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 9:28-30

He met with them

Here the word "He" refers to Paul. The word "them" probably refers to the apostles and other disciples in Jerusalem.

in the name of the Lord Jesus

Possible meanings are 1) this simply refers to the Lord Jesus and tells who Paul spoke about. AT: "about the Lord Jesus" or 2) "name" is a metonym for authority. AT: "under the authority of the Lord Jesus" or "with the authority that the Lord Jesus gave him" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

debated with the Grecian Jews

Saul tried to reason with the Jews who spoke Greek.

the brothers

The words "the brothers" refers to the believers in Jerusalem.

brought him down to Caesarea

The phrase "brought him down" is used here because Caesarea is lower in elevation than Jerusalem.

sent him away to Tarsus

Caesarea was a seaport. They brothers probably sent Saul to Tarsus by ship. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 9:31-32

Connecting Statement:

In verse 32, the story shifts from Saul to a new part of the story about Peter.

General Information:

Verse 31 is a statement that gives an update on the church's growth.

the church throughout all Judea, Galilee, and Samaria

This is the first use of the singular "church" to refer to more than one local congregation. Here it refers to all the believers in all the groups throughout Israel.

had peace

"lived peacefully." This means the persecution that started with the murder of Stephen was finished.

was built up

The agent was either God or the Holy Spirit. This can be stated in active form. AT: "God helped them grow" or "the Holy Spirit built them up" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

walking in the fear of the Lord

"Walking" here is an idiom for "living." AT: "living in obedience to the Lord" or "continuing to honor the Lord" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

in the comfort of the Holy Spirit

"with the Holy Spirit strengthening and encouraging them"

Now it came about

This phrase is used to mark a new part of the story. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-newevent/01.md]])

throughout the whole region

This is an generalization for Peter's visiting the believers in many places in the region of Judea, Galilee, and Samaria. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-hyperbole/01.md]])

he came down

The phrase "came down" is used here because Lydda is lower in elevation than the other places where he was traveling.

Lydda

Lydda is a city located about 18 kilometers southeast of Joppa. This city was called Lod in the Old Testament and in modern Israel.

translationWords

Acts 9:33-35

There he found a certain man

Peter was not intentionally searching for a paralyzed person, but happened upon him. AT: "There Peter met a man"

a certain man named Aeneas

This introduces Aeneas as a new character in the story. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-participants/01.md]])

who had been in his bed ... was paralyzed

This is background information about Aeneas. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-background/01.md]])

paralyzed

unable to walk, probably unable to move below the waist

make your bed

"roll up your mat"

everyone who lived in Lydda and in Sharon

This is a generalization referring to many of the people there. AT: "those who lived in Lydda and in Sharon" or "many people who lived in Lydda and Sharon" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-hyperbole/01.md]])

in Lydda and in Sharon

The city of Lydda was located in the Plain of Sharon.

saw the man

It may be helpful to state that they saw that he was healed. AT: "saw the man whom Peter had healed"

and they turned to the Lord

"Turned" here is a metonym for "repented of their sins and became obedient." AT: "and they repented of their sins and became obedient to the Lord" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 9:36-37

Connecting Statement:

Luke continues the story with a new event about Peter.

General Information:

These verses give background information about the woman named Tabitha. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-background/01.md]])

Now there was

This introduces a new part in the story. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-newevent/01.md]])

Tabitha, which is translated as "Dorcas."

Tabitha is her name in the Aramaic language, and Dorcas is her name in the Greek language. Both names mean "gazelle." AT: "Her name in the Greek language was Dorcas" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

full of good works

"doing many good things"

It came about in those days

This refers to the time when Peter was in Joppa. This can be stated. AT: "It came about while Peter was nearby" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

washed her

This was washing to prepare for her burial.

they laid her in an upper room

This was a temporary display of the body during the funeral process.

translationWords

Acts 9:38-39

they sent two men to him

"the disciples sent two men to Peter"

to the upper room

"to the upstairs room where Dorcas' body was lying"

all the widows

It is possible that all the widows of the town were there since it was not a large town.

widows

women whose husbands had died and therefore needed help

while she had been with them

"while she was still alive with the disciples"

translationWords

Acts 9:40-43

Connecting Statement:

The story of Tabitha ends in verse 42. Verse 43 tells us what happens to Peter after the story ends. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-endofstory/01.md]])

put them all out of the room

"told them all to leave the room." Peter had everyone leave so he could be alone to pray for Tabitha.

gave her his hand and lifted her up

Peter took hold of her hand and helped her stand up.

the believers and the widows

The widows were possibly also believers but are mentioned specifically because Tabitha was so important to them.

This matter became known throughout all Joppa

This refers to the miracle of Peter's raising Tabitha from the dead. It can be stated in active form. AT: "People throughout all Joppa heard about this matter" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

believed on the Lord

"believed in the gospel of the Lord Jesus"

It happened that

"It came about that." This introduces the beginning of the next event in the story. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-newevent/01.md]])

Simon, a tanner

"a man named Simon who made leather from animal skins"

translationWords

Acts 10

Acts 10:intro-0

Acts 10 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

# Unclean

The Jews believed uncleanliness could be spread by associating with a Gentile or visiting someone from another nation. This was according to the laws the Pharisees made and not according to the law of Moses. While it was possible that some contact could have made one unclean, the Pharisees prohibited any type of close contact with Gentiles. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/unclean.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/lawofmoses.md]])

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

# "Get up, Peter; kill and eat!"

Peter's vision was about a Christian's freedom to eat any animal. The Jews were not permitted to eat many animals because the law of Moses declared that they were unclean. Before this vision, Christians were not certain whether they needed to follow the law of Moses. The presence of the Holy Spirit is an indication that the Gentiles could be saved without following the law. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/save.md]])

Acts 10:1-2

Connecting Statement:

This is the beginning of the part of the story about Cornelius.

General Information:

These verses give background information about Cornelius. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-background/01.md]])

Now there was a certain man

This was a way of introducing a new person to this part of the historical account. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-participants/01.md]])

Cornelius by name, a centurion of what was called the Italian Regiment

"his name was Cornelius. He was an officer in charge of 100 soldiers from the Italian section of the Roman army.

He was a devout man, one who worshiped God

"He believed in God and sought to honor and worship God in his life"

worshiped God

The word for "worshiped" here has the sense of deep respect and awe.

he constantly prayed to God

The word "constantly" is a generalization. AT: "he prayed to God a lot" or "he prayed to God regularly" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-hyperbole/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 10:3-6

the ninth hour

"three o'clock in the afternoon." This is the normal afternoon prayer time for Jews.

he clearly saw

"Cornelius clearly saw"

Your prayers and your gifts ... a memorial offering into God's presence

It is implied that his gifts and prayers had been accepted by God. AT: "God is pleased by your prayers and your gifts ... a memorial offering to him" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

a tanner

a person who makes leather from animal skins

translationWords

Acts 10:7-8

When the angel who spoke to him had left

"When Cornelius' vision of the angel had ended."

a devout soldier from among those who served him

"one of the soldiers who served him, who also worshiped God." This soldier worshiped God. That was rare in the Roman army, so Cornelius' other soldiers probably did not worship God.

devout

An adjective to describe a person who worshiped God and served him.

told them all that had happened

Cornelius explained his vision to his two servants and to one of his soldiers.

sent them to Joppa

"sent two of his two servants and the one soldier to Joppa."

translationWords

Acts 10:9-12

Connecting Statement:

The story shifts away from Cornelius to tell us what God is doing with to Peter.

General Information:

Here the word "they" refers to Cornelius' two servants and the soldier under Cornelius' command. (See: Acts 10:7)

about the sixth hour

"around noon"

up upon the housetop

The roofs of the houses were flat, and people often did many different activities on them.

while the people were cooking some food

"before the people finished cooking the food"

he was given a vision

"God gave him a vision" or "he saw a vision" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

he saw the sky open

This was the beginning of Peter's vision. It can be a new sentence.

something like a large sheet ... four corners

The container holding the animals had the appearance of a large square piece of cloth.

let down by its four corners

"with its four corners suspended" or "with its four corners higher than the rest of it"

all kinds of four-footed animals ... birds of the sky

From Peter's response in the next verse, it can be implied that the law of Moses commanded the Jews not to eat some of them. AT: "animals and birds that the Mosaic laws forbade Jews to eat" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 10:13-16

a voice spoke to him

The person speaking is not specified. The "voice" was probably God, although it could possibly have been an angel from God. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

Not so

"I will not do that"

I have never eaten anything that was defiled and unclean

It is implied that some the animals in the container were unclean as defined by the law of Moses and were not to be eaten by believers who lived before Christ died. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

What God has cleansed

If God is the speaker, he is referring to himself in the third person. AT: "What I, God, have cleansed" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-123person/01.md]])

This happened three times

It is not likely that everything Peter saw happened three times. This probably means that the phrase, "What God has cleansed, do not call it defiled," was repeated three times. However, it may be best to simply say "This happened three times" instead of trying to explain in detail.

translationWords

Acts 10:17-18

Peter was very confused

This means that Peter was having difficulty understanding what the vision meant.

behold

The word "behold" here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows, in this case, the two men standing at the gate.

stood before the gate

"stood before the gate to the house." It is implied that this house had a wall with a gate in it to enter the property. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

after they had asked their way to the house

This happened before they arrived at the house. This could be stated earlier in the verse, as the UDB does.

They called out

Cornelius' men remained outside the gate while asking about Peter.

translationWords

Acts 10:19-21

thinking about the vision

"wondering about the meaning of the vision"

the Spirit

"the Holy Spirit"

Behold

"Look" or "Listen." This word adds emphasis to what is said next. AT: "Pay attention to what I am about to tell you"

three men are looking for you

Some ancient texts have a different number of men. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-textvariants/01.md]])

go down

"go down from the roof of the house"

Do not hesitate to go with them

It would be natural for Peter not to want to go with them, because they were strangers and they were Gentiles.

I am he whom you are seeking

"I am the man you are looking for"

translationWords

Acts 10:22-23

General Information:

The words "They" and "them" here refer to the two servants and the soldier from Cornelius. (See: Acts 10:7)

A centurion named Cornelius ... listen to a message from you

This can be divided into several sentences and stated in active form as the UDB does. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

worships God

The word for "worship" here has the sense of deep respect and awe.

all the nation of the Jews

This number of people is exaggerated with the word "all" to emphasize how widely this was known among the Jews. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-hyperbole/01.md]])

So Peter invited them to come in and stay with him

The journey to Caesarea was too long for them to begin that afternoon.

stay with him

"be his guests"

some of the brothers from Joppa

This refers to believers who lived in Joppa.

translationWords

Acts 10:24

On the following day

This was the next day after they left Joppa. The journey to Caesarea took longer than one day.

Cornelius was waiting for them

"Cornelius expected them"

translationWords

Acts 10:25-26

when Peter entered

"when Peter entered the house"

bowed down at his feet to worship him

Although bowing was common in that culture, here Cornelius bowed to Peter as an act of worship. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-symaction/01.md]])

Stand up! I too am a man

This was a mild rebuke or correction to Cornelius not to worship Peter. AT: "Stop doing that! I am only a man, as you are"

translationWords

Acts 10:27-29

Connecting Statement:

Peter addresses the people who are gathered in Cornelius' house.

General Information:

The word "him" here refers to Cornelius.

General Information:

Here the words "You" and "you" are plural and include Cornelius as well as the Gentiles who were present.

many people gathered together

"many Gentile people gathered together." It is implied that these people Cornelius had invited were Gentiles. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

You yourselves know

Peter is addressing Cornelius and his invited guests.

it is not lawful for a Jewish man

"it is forbidden for a Jewish man." This refers to the Jewish religious law.

someone from another nation

This refers to people who were not Jews and not specifically to where they lived.

translationWords

Acts 10:30-33

Connecting Statement:

Cornelius responds to Peter's question.

General Information:

In verses 31 and 32 Cornelius quotes what the angel had said to him when he appeared to him at the ninth hour.

General Information:

The words "you" and "your" are all singular. The word "we" here does not include Peter. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-you/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-exclusive/01.md]])

Four days ago

Cornelius is referring to the day before the third night before he is speaking to Peter. Biblical culture counts the current day, so the day before three nights ago is "four days ago." Current Western culture does not count the current day, so many Western translations read, "three days ago."

praying

Some ancient authorities say "fasting and praying" instead of simply "praying." (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-textvariants/01.md]])

at the ninth hour

The normal afternoon time that the Jews pray to God.

your prayer has been heard by God

This can be stated in active form. AT: "God has heard your prayer" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

reminded God about you

"brought you to God's attention." This does not imply that God had forgotten.

call to you a man named Simon who is called Peter

"tell Simon who is also called Peter to come to you"

at once

"right away"

You are kind to have come

This expression is a polite way of thanking Peter for coming. AT: "I certainly thank you for coming"

in the sight of God

This refers to the presence of God.

that you have been instructed by the Lord to say

This can be stated in active form. AT: "that the Lord has told you to say" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 10:34-35

Connecting Statement:

Peter begins speaking to everyone in the house of Cornelius.

Then Peter opened his mouth and said

"Peter began to speak to them"

Truly

This means that what he is about to say is especially important to know.

God does not take anyone's side

"God does not favor certain people"

anyone who worships and does righteous deeds is acceptable to him

"he accepts anyone who worships him and does righteous deeds"

worships

The word "worships" here has the sense of deep respect and awe.

translationWords

Acts 10:36-38

Connecting Statement:

Peter continues to talk to Cornelius and his guests.

General Information:

The word "him" here refers to Jesus.

You know the message ... and with power

This long sentence can be shortened into several sentences as in the UDB.

who is Lord of all

Here "all" means "all people."

throughout all Judea

The word "all" is a generalization. AT: "throughout Judea" or "in many places in Judea" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-hyperbole/01.md]])

after the baptism that John announced

"after John preached to the people to repent and then baptized them"

God anointed him with the Holy Spirit and with power

The Holy Spirit and God's power are spoken of as if they are something that can be poured out onto a person. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

all who were oppressed by the devil

The word "all" is a generalization. AT: "those who were oppressed by the devil" or "many people who were oppressed by the devil" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-hyperbole/01.md]])

God was with him

The idiom "was with him" means "was helping him." (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 10:39-41

General Information:

The words "We" and "we" here refer to Peter and the apostles and believers who were with Jesus when he was on earth. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-exclusive/01.md]])

General Information:

The words "he" and "him" here refer to Jesus.

in the country of the Jews

This refers mainly to Judea at that time.

hanging him on a tree

This is another expression that refers to crucifixion. AT: "nailing him to a wooden cross"

God raised him up

"God caused him to live again"

the third day

"the third day after he died"

caused him to be seen

"permitted many people to see him after he was raised from the dead"

from the dead

From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld.

translationWords

Acts 10:42-43

Connecting Statement:

Peter finishes his speech to everyone in the house of Cornelius, which he began in Acts 10:34.

General Information:

Here the word "us" includes Peter and believers. It excludes his audience. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-exclusive/01.md]])

that this is the one who has been chosen by God

This can be stated in active form. AT: "that God chose this Jesus" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

the living and the dead

This refers to people who are still living and people who have died. AT: "the people who are alive and the people who are dead" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-nominaladj/01.md]])

It is to him that all the prophets bear witness

"All the prophets bear witness to Jesus"

everyone who believes in him shall receive forgiveness of sins

This could be stated in active form. AT: "God will forgive the sins of everyone who believes in Jesus because of what Jesus has done" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

through his name

Here "his name" refers to the actions of Jesus. His name means God who saves. AT: "through what Jesus has done for them" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 10:44-45

the Holy Spirit fell

Here the word "fell" means "happened suddenly." AT: "the Holy Spirit suddenly came"

all of those who were listening

Here "all" refers to all the Gentiles at the house who were listening to Peter.

The people who belonged to the circumcision group of believers

This is another way of referring to the Jewish believers.

the gift of the Holy Spirit

This refers to the Holy Spirit himself who was given to them.

the Holy Spirit was poured out

This can be stated in active form. AT: "God poured out the Holy Spirit" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

poured out

The Holy Spirit is spoken of as if he were something that could be poured out upon people. It implies a generous amount. AT: "generously given" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

the gift

"the free gift"

also on the Gentiles

Here "also" refers to the fact that the Holy Spirit had already been given to the Jewish believers.

translationWords

Acts 10:46-48

Connecting Statement:

This is the end of the part of the story about Cornelius.

General Information:

The words "he" and "him" refer to Peter.

Gentiles speak in other languages and praising God

These were known spoken languages that caused the Jews to acknowledge that the Gentiles were indeed praising God.

Can anyone keep water from these people so they should not be baptized, these people who have received ... we?

Peter uses this question to convince the Jewish Christians that the Gentile believers should be baptized. AT: "No one should keep water from these people! We should baptize them because they have received ... we!" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

he commanded them to be baptized

It is implied that the Jewish Christians were the ones who would baptize them. AT: "Peter commanded the Gentile believers to allow the Jewish Christians to baptize them" or "Peter commanded the Jewish Christians to baptize them" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ

Here "in the name of Jesus Christ" expresses that the reason for their baptism was that they believed in Jesus. AT: "be baptized as believers in Jesus Christ" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 11

Acts 11:intro-0

Acts 11 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

# "The Gentiles also had received the word of God"

In the early church, Christians were almost exclusively Jewish. Many Gentiles then started to believe in Jesus. This is what it means to "receive the word of God."

# "Baptism in the Holy Spirit"

Acts 11:1-3

Connecting Statement:

Peter arrives in Jerusalem and begins talking to the Jews there.

General Information:

This is the beginning of a new event in the story.

Now

This marks a new part of the story. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-newevent/01.md]])

the brothers

The phrase "brothers" here refers to the believers in Judea.

who were in Judea

"who were in the province of Judea"

had received the word of God

This expression refers to the fact that the Gentiles believed the gospel message about Jesus. AT: "believed the message of God about Jesus" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

had come up to Jerusalem

Jerusalem was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of coming up to Jerusalem and going down from it.

they who belonged to the circumcision group

This is a reference to some of the Jews who believed that every believer must be circumcised. AT: "some Jewish believers in Jerusalem who wanted all followers of Christ to be circumcized" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

uncircumcised men

The phrase "uncircumcised men" refers to Gentiles. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

ate with them

It was against Jewish tradition for Jews to eat with Gentiles.

translationWords

Acts 11:4-6

Connecting Statement:

Peter responds to the Jews by telling them about his vision and about what had happened at Cornelius' house.

Peter started to explain

Peter did not criticize the Jewish believers but reacted in a friendly explanatory manner.

in detail

"exactly what happened"

like a large sheet

The container holding the animals had the appearance of a large square piece of cloth. See how you translated this in Acts 10:11.

by its four corners

"with its four corners suspended" or "with its four corners higher than the rest of it." See how you translated this in Acts 10:11.

four-legged animals of earth

From Peter's response, it can be implied that the law of Moses commanded the Jews not to eat some of them. See how you translated a similar phrase in Acts 10:12. AT: "animals and birds that the Mosaic laws forbade Jews to eat" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

wild beasts

This probably refer to the animals people do not or can not tame or control.

creeping animals

These are reptiles.

translationWords

Acts 11:7-10

I heard a voice

The person speaking is not specified. The "voice" was probably God, although it could possibly have been an angel from God. See how you translated "a voice" in Acts 10:13. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

Not so

"I will not do that." See how you translated this in Acts 10:14.

nothing unholy or unclean has ever entered into my mouth

Apparently the animals in the sheet were animals which the Jewish law in the Old Testament forbade the Jews to eat. This can be said in a positive way. AT: "I have eaten only meat from holy and clean animals" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-doublenegatives/01.md]])

unclean

In the Old Testament Jewish law, a person became ritually "unclean" in various ways, such as eating certain forbidden animals.

What God has declared clean, do not call unclean

This refers to the animals in the sheet. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

This happened three times

It is not likely that everything was repeated three times. This probably means that "What God has cleansed, do not call it defiled" was repeated three times. However, it may be best to simply say "This happened three times" instead of trying to explain in detail. See how you translated "This happened three times" in Acts 10:16.

translationWords

Acts 11:11-14

General Information:

Here "we" refers to Peter and the believers in Joppa. It does not include his current audience in Jerusalem. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-exclusive/01.md]])

Behold

This word alerts us to the new people in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.

right away

"immediately" or "at that exact moment"

they had been sent

This can be stated in active form. AT: "someone had sent them" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

that I should make no distinction regarding them

"that I should not be concerned that they were Gentiles"

These six brothers went with me

"These six brothers went with me to Caesarea"

These six brothers

"These six Jewish believers"

into the man's house

This refers to the house of Cornelius.

Simon who is called Peter

"Simon who is also called Peter." See how you translated the same phrase in Acts 10:32.

you will be saved

This can be stated in active form. AT: "God will save you" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

all your household

This refers to all the people in the household. AT: "everyone who lives in your house" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 11:15-16

General Information:

Here the word "us" refers to Peter, the apostles, and any of the Jewish believers who had received the Holy Spirit at Pentecost. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-inclusive/01.md]])

As I began to speak to them, the Holy Spirit came on them

This implies that Peter had not finished speaking but had intended to say more.

the Holy Spirit came on them, just as on us in the beginning

Peter leaves out some things to keep the story short. AT: "the Holy Spirit came on the Gentile believers, just as he came on the Jewish believers at Pentecost" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-ellipsis/01.md]])

in the beginning

Peter is referring to the day of Pentecost.

you shall be baptized in the Holy Spirit

This can be stated in active form. AT: "God will baptize you in the Holy Spirit" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 11:17-18

Connecting Statement:

Peter finishes his speech (which he began in Acts 11:4) to the Jews about his vision and about what had happened at the house of Cornelius.

General Information:

The word "them" refers to Cornelius and his Gentile guests and household. Peter does not call them Gentiles in his account to the Jewish believers at Jerusalem.

General Information:

The word "they" refers to the Jewish believers to whom Peter spoke. The word "us" includes all of the Jewish believers. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-inclusive/01.md]])

Then if God gave to them ... who was I, that I could oppose God?

Peter uses this question to emphasize that he was only obeying God. AT: "Since God gave to them ... I decided that I could not oppose God!" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md]])

the same gift

Peter refers to the gift of the Holy Spirit.

they said nothing in response

"they did not argue with Peter"

God has given repentance for life to the Gentiles also

"God has given repentance that leads to life to the Gentiles also." Here "life" refers to eternal life. The abstract nouns "repentance" and "life" can be translated as the verbs "repent" and "live." AT: "God has allowed the Gentiles also to repent and live eternally" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 11:19-21

Connecting Statement:

Luke tells about what happened to the believers who fled after the stoning of Stephen.

Now

This introduces the new part of the story. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-newevent/01.md]])

those who had been scattered because of the persecution that started with the death of Stephen were spread

This can be restated in active form and the abstract noun "persecution" restated as a verb. AT: "those who left Jerusalem and went in many directions after the Jews started persecuting them the way they had persecuted Stephen, and they went" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md]])

only to Jews

The believers thought God's message was for the Jewish people, and not for the Gentiles.

spoke also to Greeks

These Greek-speaking people were Gentiles, not Jews. AT: "also spoke to Gentiles who spoke Greek" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

The hand of the Lord was with them

God's hand signifies his powerful help. AT: "God was powerfully enabling those believers to preach effectively" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

turned to the Lord

"Turned" here is a metonym for "repented of their sins and became obedient." AT: "and they repented of their sins and began to obey the Lord" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 11:22-24

General Information:

In these verses, the word "he" refers to Barnabas. The word "they" refers to the believers of the church at Jerusalem.

General Information:

The words "them" and "their" refer to the new believers. (See: Acts 11:20)

ears of the church

Here "ears" refers to the believers' hearing about the event. AT: "the believers in the church" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

saw the gift of God

"saw the grace of God" or "how God acted kindly toward the believers"

he encouraged them

"he kept on encouraging them"

to remain with the Lord

"to remain faithful to the Lord" or "to continue to trust in the Lord"

with all their heart

Here the "heart" refers to a person's will and desire. AT: "with all their will" or "with complete commitment" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

full of the Holy Spirit

The Holy Spirit controlled Barnabas as he obeyed the Holy Spirit.

many people were added to the Lord

Here "added" means they came to believe the same thing as the others. AT: "many more people also believed in the Lord" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 11:25-26

General Information:

Here the word "he" refers to Barnabas and "him" refers to Saul.

out to Tarsus

"out to the city of Tarsus"

to look for Saul ... found him

These terms imply that it took some time and effort for Barnabas to locate Saul.

It came about

This begins a new event in the story. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-newevent/01.md]])

they gathered together with the church

"Barnabas and Saul gathered together with the church"

The disciples were called Christians

This implies that other people called the believers by this name. This can be stated in active form. AT: "The people of Antioch called the disciples Christians" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

first in Antioch

"for the first time in Antioch"

translationWords

Acts 11:27-28

General Information:

Here Luke tells background information about a prophecy in Antioch. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-background/01.md]])

Now

This word is used here to mark a break in the main story-line.

came down from Jerusalem to Antioch

Jerusalem was higher in elevation than Antioch, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of going up to Jerusalem or going down from it.

Agabus by name

"whose name was Agabus"

indicated by the Spirit

"the Holy Spirit enabled him to prophesy"

a great famine would occur

"a great shortage of food would happen"

over all the world

This was a generalization referring to the part of the world that they were interested in. AT: "all over the inhabited world" or "throughout the Roman Empire" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-hyperbole/01.md]])

in the days of Claudius

Luke's audience would know that Claudius was the emperor of Rome at that time. AT: "when Claudius was the Roman emperor" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 11:29-30

General Information:

The words "They" and "they" refer to the believers in the church in Antioch. (See: Acts 11:27)

So

This word means marks an event that happened because of something else that happened first. In this case, they sent money because of Agabus' prophesy or the famine.

as each one was able

The richer people sent more; the poorer people sent less.

the brothers in Judea

"the believers in Judea"

by the hand of Barnabas and Saul

The hand is a synecdoche for the action of the whole person. AT: "by having Barnabas and Saul take to them" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 12

Acts 12:intro-0

Acts 12 General Notes

Structure and formatting

# "This is the voice of a god, not of a man!"

Acts 12:20-22 can appear out-of-place in this chapter. It serves as a kind of interlude, interrupting the flow of events. It is included here to explain that this powerful man, who people claimed to be God, was not God and was immediately punished for these false claims. When the apostles claimed Jesus was God, they were affirmed by signs from heaven.

Important figures of speech in this chapter

# Personification

The "word of God" is personified as growing and multiplying. This is common in Scripture because the word is always used with the imagery of being alive. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/other/wordofgod.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-personification/01.md]])

Acts 12:1-2

Connecting Statement:

This begins the new persecution, first of James' death and then of Peter's imprisonment and then release.

General Information:

This is background information about Herod's killing James. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-background/01.md]])

Now

This begins a new part of the story. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-newevent/01.md]])

about that time

This refers to the time of the famine.

laid hands on

This means Herod had the believers arrested. See how you translated this in Acts 5:18. AT: "sent soldiers to arrest" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

some who belonged to the church

Only James and Peter are specified, which implies that these were leaders of the church in Jerusalem. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

so that he might mistreat them

"in order to cause the believers to suffer"

He killed James ... with the sword

This tells the manner in which James was killed.

He killed James

Possible meanings are 1) Herod himself killed James or 2) Herod ordered someone to kill James. AT: "Herod gave the order and they killed James" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 12:3-4

General Information:

Here the word "he" refers to Herod. (See: Acts 12:1)

After he saw that this pleased the Jews

"When Herod realized that putting James to death pleased the Jewish leaders"

pleased the Jews

"made the Jewish leaders happy"

That was

"Herod did this" or "This happened"

the days of unleavened bread

This refers to a time of Jewish religious feast time during the Passover season. AT: "the festival when the Jewish people ate bread without yeast"

four squads of soldiers

"four groups of soldiers." Each squad had four soldiers that guarded Peter, one group at a time. The groups divided the 24 hour day into four shifts. Each time two soldiers would have been at his side and the other two soldiers by the entrance.

he was intending to bring him to the people

"Herod planned to judge Peter in the presence of the people" or "Herod planned to judge Peter before the Jewish people"

translationWords

Acts 12:5-6

So Peter was kept in the prison

This implies that the soldiers continually guarded Peter in prison. This can be stated in active form. AT: "So the soldiers guarded Peter in the prison" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

prayer was made earnestly to God for him by those in the church

This can be stated in active form. AT: "the group of believers in Jerusalem earnestly prayed to God for him" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

earnestly

continuously and with dedication

On the night before Herod was going to bring him out for trial

That Herod planned to execute him can be clarified. AT: "The happened on the day before Herod was going to bring Peter out from prison to put him on trial and then to execute him" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

bound with two chains

"tied with two chains" or "fastened with two chains." Each chain would have been attached to one of the two guards who stayed beside Peter.

were keeping watch over the prison

"were guarding the prison doors"

translationWords

Acts 12:7-8

General Information:

The words "him" and "his" refer to Peter.

Behold

This word alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.

by him

"next to him" or "beside him"

in the prison cell

"in the prison room"

He struck Peter

"The angel tapped Peter" or "The angel poked Peter." Peter was evidently sleeping deeply enough that this was required to wake him.

his chains fell off his hands

The angel caused the chains to fall from Peter without touching them.

Peter did so

"Peter did what the angel told him to do" or "Peter obeyed"

translationWords

Acts 12:9-10

General Information:

Here the word "He" refers to Peter. The words "they" and "They" refer to Peter and the angel.

He did not know

"He did not understand"

what was done by the angel was real

This could be changed to active form. AT: "the actions of the angel were real" or "what the angel did truly happened" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

After they had passed by the first guard and the second

It is implied that the soldiers were not able to see Peter and the angel as they walked by. AT: "The first and second guards did not see them as they passed by, and then" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

had passed by

"had walked by"

and the second

The word "guard" is understood from the previous phrase. AT: "and the second guard" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-ellipsis/01.md]])

they came to the iron gate

"Peter and the angel arrived at the iron gate"

that led into the city

"that opened to the city" or "that went from the prison to the city"

it opened for them by itself

Here "by itself" means neither Peter nor the angel opened it. AT: "the gate swung open for them" or "the gate opened itself for them" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rpronouns/01.md]])

went down a street

"walked along a street"

left him right away

"left Peter suddenly" or "suddenly disappeared"

translationWords

Acts 12:11-12

When Peter came to himself

This is an idiom. AT: "When Peter became fully awake and alert" or "When Peter became aware that what had happened was real" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

delivered

"Delivered" here is a metaphor for "bring" or "brought." AT: "brought" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

delivered me out of the hand of Herod

Here "the hand of Herod" refers to "Herod's hold" or "Herod's plans." AT: "brought me from the harm Herod had planned for me" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

everything the Jewish people were expecting

Here "the people of the Jews" probably referred mainly to the Jewish leaders. AT: "all that the Jewish leaders thought would happen to me" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

realized this

He became aware that God had rescued him.

John, also called Mark

John was also called Mark. This can be stated in active form. AT: "John, whom people also called Mark" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 12:13-15

General Information:

Here the words "she" and "her" all refer to the servant girl Rhoda.

General Information:

Here the words they" and "They" refer to the people who were inside praying. (See: Acts 12:12)

he knocked

"Peter knocked." Tapping on the door was a normal Jewish custom to let others know you wish to visit them. You may need to change this to fit your culture.

at the door of the gate

"at the outer door" or "at the door of the entrance from the street to the courtyard"

came to answer

"came to the gate to ask who was knocking"

out of joy

"because she was so joyful" or "being overly excited"

failed to open the door

"did not open the door" or "forgot to open the door"

came running into the room

You may prefer to say "went running into the room in the house"

she reported

"she told them" or "she said"

standing at the door

"standing outside the door." Peter was still standing outside.

You are insane

The people not only did not believe her, but rebuked her by saying she was crazy. AT: "You are crazy"

she insisted that it was so

"she insisted that what she said was true"

They said

"They answered"

It is his angel

"What you have seen is Peter's angel." Some Jews believed in guardian angels and may have thought that Peter's angel had come to them.

translationWords

Acts 12:16-17

General Information:

Here the words "they" and "them" refer to the people in the house. The words "He" and "he" refer to Peter.

General Information:

Though Herod had killed James in Acts 12:2, there was more than one James.

But Peter continued knocking

The word "continued" means that Peter kept knocking the entire time those inside were talking.

Report these things

"Tell these things"

the brothers

"the other believers"

translationWords

Acts 12:18-19

General Information:

The word "him" here refers to Peter. The word "he" refers to Herod.

Now

This word is used to mark a break in the story-line. Time has passed; it is now the next day.

when it became day

"in the morning"

there was no small disturbance among the soldiers over what had happened to Peter

This phrase is used to emphasize what really happened. This could be said in a positive way. AT: "there was a great disturbance among the soldiers over what had happened to Peter" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-litotes/01.md]])

there was no small disturbance among the soldiers over what had happened to Peter

The abstract noun "disturbance" can be expressed with the words "disturbed" or "upset." AT: "the soldiers were very disturbed about what had happened to Peter" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md]])

After Herod had searched for him and could not find him

"After Herod searched for Peter and could not find him"

After Herod had searched for him

Possible meanings are that 1) "when Herod heard Peter was missing, he went himself to search the prison" or 2) "when Herod heard Peter was missing, he sent other soldiers to search the prison."

he questioned the guards and ordered them to be put to death

It was the normal punishment for the Roman government to kill the guards if their prisoner escaped.

Then he went down

The phrase "went down" is used here because Caesarea is lower in elevation than Judea.

translationWords

Acts 12:20-21

Connecting Statement:

Luke continues with another event in Herod's life.

Now

This word is used here to mark the next event in the story. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-newevent/01.md]])

They went to him together

Here the word "They" is a generalization. It is unlikely that all the people of Tyre and Sidon went to Herod. AT: "Men representing the people of Tyre and Sidon went together to talk with Herod" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-hyperbole/01.md]])

They persuaded Blastus

"These men persuaded Blastus"

Blastus

Blastus was an assistant to or an officer of King Herod. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

they asked for peace

"these men requested peace"

their country received its food from the king's country

They probably purchased this food. AT: "the people of Tyre and Sidon bought all their food from the people that Herod ruled" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

received its food

It is implied that Herod restricted this supply of food because he was angry with the people of Tyre and Sidon. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

On a set day

This was probably the day on which Herod agreed to meet with the representatives. AT: "On the day when Herod agreed to meet them"

royal clothing

expensive clothing that would demonstrate he was the king

sat on a throne

This was where Herod formally addressed people who came to see him.

translationWords

Acts 12:22-23

Connecting Statement:

This is the end of the part of the story about Herod.

Immediately an angel

"Right away an angel" or "While the people were praising Herod, an angel"

struck him

"afflicted Herod" or "caused Herod to become very ill"

he did not give God the glory

Herod let those people worship him instead of telling them to worship God.

he was eaten by worms and died

Here "worms" refers to worms inside the body, probably intestinal worms. This can be stated in active form. AT: "worms ate Herod's insides and he died" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 12:24-25

General Information:

This is information that gives an update on the spread of the word of God and on what Barnabas and Saul were doing. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-endofstory/01.md]])

the word of God increased and multiplied

The word of God is spoken of as if it was a living plant that was able to grow and reproduce. AT: "the message of God spread to more places and more people believed in him" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

the word of God

More people heard about the word of God. This refers to the message of God about salvation through Jesus. AT: "the message of God about Jesus" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

completed their mission

This refers back to when they brought money from the believers at Antioch in Acts 11:29-30. AT: "delivered the money to the church leaders in Jerusalem" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

they returned from Jerusalem

They went back to Antioch from Jerusalem. AT: "Barnabas and Saul returned to Antioch" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 13

Acts 13:intro-0

Acts 13 General Notes

Structure and formatting

Some translations indent quotations from the Old Testament. The ULB does this with the three quotes from Psalms in 13:33-35.

Some translations indent each line of poetry to make it easier to read. The ULB does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 13:41.

The chapter marks the beginning of the second half of Acts which focuses on Paul instead of Peter. The church's ministry shifts its focus from the Jewish people to the Gentiles. Peter was the apostle ministering to the Jews, while Paul was the apostle who was responsible for the ministry to the Gentiles.

Special concepts in this chapter

# "A light for the Gentiles"

Light is a common image used in Scripture. The Jews were supposed to reveal the true God, Yahweh, to the Gentiles. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/other/light.md]])

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

# Old Testament history

A major part of this chapter involves recalling the history of the people of Israel. It will be difficult to understand and translate if the Old Testament has not yet been translated. Paul seems to focus on Jesus being the Messiah, and the promised descendant of David. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/christ.md]])

Acts 13:1-3

Acts 13:21-22

General Information:

The quotation here is from the history of Samuel and from a Psalm of Ethan in the Old Testament.

for forty years

"to be their king for forty years"

removed him from the kingship

This expression means God caused Saul to stop being king. AT: "rejected Saul from being king"

he raised up David to be their king

"Raised up" here is an idiom for "established." AT: "he established David to be their king" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

their king

"the king of Israel" or "the king over the Israelites"

It was about David that God said

"God said this about David"

I have found

"I have observed that"

to be a man after my heart

This expression means he "is a man who wants what I want." (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 13:23-25

General Information:

The quotation here is from the Gospels.

From this man's descendants

"From David's descendants." This is placed at the beginning of the sentence to emphasize that the savior had to be one of David's descendants. (See: Acts 13:22)

brought to Israel

This refers to the people of Israel. AT: "gave to the people of Israel" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

as he promised to do

"just as God promised he would do"

the baptism of repentance

You can translate the word "repentance" as the verb "repent." AT: "the baptism to repent" or "the baptism that people requested when they wanted to repent for their sin" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md]])

Who do you think I am?

John asked this question to compel the people to think about who he was. AT: "Think about who I am" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md]])

I am not the one

John was referring to the Messiah, whom they were expecting to come. AT: "I am not the Messiah" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

But listen

This emphasizes the importance of what he will say next.

one is coming after me

This also refers to the Messiah. AT: "The Messiah will soon come" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

the shoes of whose feet I am not worthy to untie

"I am not worthy even to untie his shoes." The Messiah is so much greater than John that he did not even feel worthy do the lowest job for him.

translationWords

Acts 13:26-27

General Information:

Here the word "us" includes Paul and his entire audience in the synagogue. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-inclusive/01.md]])

General Information:

The word "they" and "their" refers to the Jews who lived in Jerusalem.

Brothers, children of the line of Abraham ... who worship God

Paul addresses his audience of Jews and Gentile converts to Judaism to remind them of their special status as worshiping the true God.

the message about this salvation has been sent

This can be stated in active form. AT: "God has sent the message about this salvation" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

about this salvation

The word "salvation" can be translated with the verb "save." AT: "that God will save people" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md]])

did not recognize him

"did not realize that this man Jesus was the one whom God had sent to save them"

sayings of the prophets

Here the word "sayings" represents the message of the prophets. AT: "the writings of the prophets" or "the message of the prophets" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

that are read

This can be stated in active form. AT: "which someone reads" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

they fulfilled sayings of the prophets

"they actually did just what the prophets said they would do in the books of the prophets"

translationWords

Acts 13:28-29

General Information:

Here the word "they" refers to the Jewish people and their religious leaders in Jerusalem. The word him" here refers to Jesus.

they found no good cause for death

"they did not find any reason why Jesus should be killed"

they asked Pilate

The word "asked" here is a strong word meaning to demand, beg or plead for.

When they had completed all the things that were written about him

"When thy did to Jesus all the things that the prophets said would happen to him"

they took him down from the tree

It may be helpful to explicitly say Jesus died before this happened. AT: "they killed Jesus and then took him down from the cross after he died" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

from the tree

"from the cross." This was another way people at that time referred to the cross. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 13:30-31

But God raised him

"But" indicates a strong contrast between what the people did and what God did.

raised him from the dead

"raised him from among those who were dead." To be with "the dead" means that Jesus was dead.

from the dead

From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.

raised

"Raised" here is an idiom for "caused to live again" AT: "caused to live again" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

He was seen ... Galilee to Jerusalem

This can be stated in active form. AT: "The disciples who traveled with Jesus from Galilee to Jerusalem saw him for many days" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

many days

We know from other writings that this period was 40 days. Translate "many days" with a term that would be appropriate for that length of time.

are now his witnesses to the people

"are now testifying to the people about Jesus" or "are now telling the people about Jesus"

translationWords

Acts 13:32-34

General Information:

The second quotation here is from the prophet Isaiah.

So

This word marks an event that happened because of previous event. In this case, the previous event is God's raising Jesus from the dead.

our fathers

"our ancestors." Paul is still speaking to the Jews and Gentile converts in the synagogue at Antioch of Pisidia. These were the physical ancestors of the Jews, and the spiritual ancestors of the converts.

what God promised to our fathers he has fulfilled for us, their children

"God has fulfilled for us these promises that he made to our ancestors"

for us, their children

"for us, who are the children of our ancestors." Paul is still speaking to the Jews and Gentile converts in the synagogue at Antioch of Pisidia. These were the physical ancestors of the Jews, and the spiritual ancestors of the converts.

by raising up Jesus

"Raising up" here is an idiom for "causing Jesus to live again" AT: "causing Jesus to live again" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

As it is written in the second Psalm

"This is what was written in the second Psalm"

the second Psalm

"Psalm 2"

Son ... Father

These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples/01.md]])

The fact that he raised him up from the dead so that his body would never decay, God has spoken in this way

"God spoke these words about his making Jesus alive again so that he would never die again"

from the dead

From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.

sure blessings

"certain blessings"

translationWords

Acts 13:35-37

This is why he also says in another Psalm

Paul's audience would have understood that this Psalm refers to the Messiah. AT: "In another Psalm of David, he also says about the Messiah" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

he also says

"David also says." David is the author of Psalm 16 from which this quotation is taken.

You will not allow your Holy One to see decay

The phrase "see decay" is a metonym for "decay." AT: "You will not allow the body of your Holy One to rot" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

You will not allow

David is speaking to God here.

in his own generation

"during his lifetime"

served the desires of God

"did what God wanted him to do" or "did what pleased God"

he fell asleep

This was a polite way to refer to death. AT: "he died" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-euphemism/01.md]])

was laid with his fathers

"was buried with his ancestors who had died"

experienced decay

The phrase "experienced decay" is a metonym for "his body decayed." AT: "his body rotted" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

But he whom

"but Jesus whom"

God raised up

"Raised" here is an idiom for "caused to live again" AT: "God caused to live again" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

experienced no decay

The phrase "experienced no decay" is a way to say "his body did not decay." AT: "did not rot" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 13:38-39

General Information:

Here the word "him" refers to Jesus.

let it be known to you

"know this" or "this is important for you to know"

brothers

Paul uses this term because they are his fellow-Jews and followers of Judaism. They are not Christian believers at this point. AT: "my fellow Israelites and other friends"

that through this man is proclaimed to you forgiveness of sins

This can be stated in active form. AT: "that we proclaim to you that your sins can be forgiven through Jesus" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

forgiveness of sins

The abstract noun "forgiveness" can be translated with the verb "to forgive." AT: "that God can forgive your sins" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md]])

By him every one who believes

"By him every person who believes" or "Every one who believes in him"

By him every one who believes is justified

This can be stated in active form. AT: "Jesus justifies everyone who believes" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

all the things

"all the sins"

translationWords

Acts 13:40-41

Connecting Statement:

Paul finishes his speech in the synagogue in Pisidian Antioch, which he began in Acts 13:16.

General Information:

In his message to the people in the synagogue, Paul quotes the prophet Habakkuk.

General Information:

Here the word "I" refers to God.

be careful

It is implied that the thing they should be careful about is Paul's message. AT: "give close attention to the things I have said" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

that the thing the prophets spoke about

"so that what the prophets spoke about"

Look, you despisers

"you who feel contempt" or "you who ridicule"

be astonished

"be amazed" or "be shocked"

then perish

"then die"

am doing a work

"am doing something" or "am doing a deed"

in your days

"during your lifetime"

A work that

"I am doing something which"

even if someone announces it to you

"even if someone tells you about it"

translationWords

Acts 13:42-43

As Paul and Barnabas left

"When Paul and Barnabas were leaving"

begged them that they might

"begged them to"

these same words

Here "words" refers to the message that Paul had spoken. AT: "this same message" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

When the synagogue meeting ended

Possible meanings are 1) this restates "As Paul and Barnabas left" in verse 42 or 2) Paul and Barnabas left the meeting before it ended and this occurs later.

proselytes

These were non-Jewish people who converted to Judaism.

who spoke to them and urged them

"and Paul and Barnabas spoke to those people and urged them"

to continue in the grace of God

It is implied that they believed Paul's message that Jesus was the Messiah. AT: "to continue to trust that God kindly forgives people's sins because of what Jesus did" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 13:44-45

General Information:

Here the word "him" refers to Paul.

almost the whole city

The "city" represents the people in the city. This phrase is used to show the great response to the Lord's word. AT: "almost all the people of the city" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

to hear the word of the Lord

It is implied that Paul and Barnabas were the ones who spoke the word of the Lord. AT: "to hear Paul and Barnabas speak about the Lord Jesus" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

the Jews

Here "Jews" represents Jewish leaders. AT: "the Jewish leaders" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

filled with jealousy

Here jealousy is spoken of as if it were something that could fill up a person. AT: "became very jealous" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

spoke against

"contradicted" or "opposed"

the things that were said by Paul

This can be stated in active form. AT: "the things that Paul said" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 13:46-47

General Information:

The first two instances of the word "you" are plural and refer to the Jews to whom Paul is speaking.

General Information:

Here the words "we" and "us" refers to Paul and Barnabas but not the crowd that was present. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-exclusive/01.md]])

General Information:

Paul's quotation is from the prophet Isaiah in the Old Testament. In the original passage, the word "I" refers to God and the word "you" is singular and refers to the Messiah. Here, Paul and Barnabas seem to be saying that the quotation also refers to their ministry.

It was necessary

This implies that God had commanded this be done. AT: "God commanded" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

that the word of God should first be spoken to you

This can be stated in active form. "Word of God" here is a synecdoche for "message from God." AT: "that we speak the message from God to you first" or "that we speak the word of God to you first" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

Seeing you push it away from yourselves

Their rejection of the word of God is spoken of as if it were something they pushed away. AT: "Since you reject the word of God"

consider yourselves unworthy of eternal life

"have shown that you are not worthy of eternal life" or "act as though you are not worthy of eternal life"

we will turn to the Gentiles

"Turn" is idiomatic for "change direction toward." AT: "we will now change our direction toward the Gentiles" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

as a light

Here the truth about Jesus that Paul was preaching is spoken of as if it were a light that allowed people to see. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

bring salvation to the uttermost parts of the earth

The abstract word "salvation" can be translated with the verb "to save." The phrase "uttermost parts" refers to everywhere. AT: "tell people everywhere in the world that I want to save them" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 13:48-49

praised the word of the Lord

Here "word" refers to the message about Jesus that they had believed. AT: "praised God for the message about the Lord Jesus" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

As many as were appointed to eternal life

This can be stated in active form. AT: "As many as God appointed to eternal life believed" or "All the people whom God had chosen to receive eternal life" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

The word of the Lord was spread out through the whole region

Here "word" refers to the message about Jesus. This can be stated in active form. AT: "Those who believed spread the word of the Lord through the whole region" or "Those who believed went everywhere in the region and told others about the message of Jesus" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 13:50-52

Connecting Statement:

This ends Paul and Barnabas' time in Antioch of Pisidia and they go to Iconium.

General Information:

Here the word "they" refers to Paul and Barnabas.

the Jews

This probably refers to the leaders of the Jews. AT: "the Jewish leaders" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

urged on

"convinced" or "stirred up"

the leading men

"the most important men"

These stirred up a persecution against Paul and Barnabas

"They convinced the important men and women to persecute Paul and Barnabas"

threw them out beyond the border of their city

"removed Paul and Barnabas from their city"

shook off the dust from their feet against them

This was a symbolic act to indicate to the unbelieving people that God had rejected them and would punish them. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-symlanguage/01.md]])

the disciples

This probably refers to the new believers in the Antioch of Pisidia that Paul and Silas just left.

translationWords

Acts 14

Acts 14:intro-0

Acts 14 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

# "The message of his grace"

The gospel message is one centered upon the grace of God. It is this message: God will show grace and mercy to those who believe in Jesus. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/grace.md]], [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/mercy.md]], and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/believe.md]])

# Zeus and Hermes

The Gentiles in the ancient Near East worshiped many different false gods. They are contrasted with the "living God," Yahweh, because they have no power. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/falsegod.md]])

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

# "It is through many sufferings that we must enter into the kingdom of God"

Suffering itself cannot lead to salvation. Scholars are divided over how to understand this passage. Some believe that suffering accompanies salvation and one should equate the phrase "entering the kingdom of God" with eternal life. Others do not wish to equate these terms, and see that suffering earns a person rewards in the future kingdom of God. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/save.md]], [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/kingdomofgod.md]], [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/eternity.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/other/reward.md]])

Acts 14:1-2

General Information:

The story of Paul and Barnabas in Iconium continues.

It came about in Iconium that

Possible meanings here are 1) "It happened in Iconium that" or 2) "In Iconium as usual"

spoke in such a way

"spoke so powerfully." It may be helpful to state that they spoke the message about Jesus. AT: "spoke the message about Jesus so powerfully" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

the Jews who were disobedient

This refers to a portion of the Jews who did not believe the message about Jesus.

stirred up the minds of the Gentiles

Causing the Gentiles to become angry is spoken of as if calm waters were disturbed. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

the minds

Here the word "minds" refers to the people. AT: "the Gentiles" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

the brothers

Here "brothers" refers to Paul and Barnabas and the new believers.

translationWords

Acts 14:3-4

General Information:

Here the word "He" refers to the Lord.

So they stayed there

"Nevertheless they stayed there." Paul and Barnabas stayed in Iconium to help the many people who had believed in Acts 14:1. "So" could be omitted if it adds confusion to the text.

gave evidence about the message of his grace

"demonstrated that the message about his grace was true"

about the message of his grace

"about the message of the Lord's grace"

by granting signs and wonders to be done by the hands of Paul and Barnabas

This can be stated in active form. AT: "by enabling Paul and Barnabas to perform signs and wonders" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

by the hands of Paul and Barnabas

Here "hands" refers to the will and effort of these two men as guided by the Holy Spirit. AT: "by the ministry of Paul and Barnabas" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

the majority of the city was divided

Here "city"refers to the people in the city. AT: "most of the people of the city were divided" or "most of the people of the city did not agree with each other" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

sided with the Jews

"supported the Jews" or "agreed with the Jews." The first group mentioned did not agree with the message about grace.

with the apostles

The second group mentioned agreed with the message about grace. It may be helpful to restate the verb. AT: "sided with the apostles" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-ellipsis/01.md]])

the apostles

Luke refers to Paul and Barnabas. Here "apostle" might be used in the general sense of "ones sent out."

translationWords

Acts 14:5-7

General Information:

Here the word "they" refers to Paul and Barnabas.

attempted to persuade their leaders

"tried to convince the leaders of Iconium." Here "attempted" implies they were not able to fully persuade them before the apostles left the city.

to mistreat and stone Paul and Barnabas

"to beat Paul and Barnabas and to kill them by throwing stones at them"

there they were proclaiming the gospel

"Paul and Barnabas also preached the gospel there"

translationWords

Acts 14:8-10

Connecting Statement:

Paul and Barnabas are now in Lystra.

General Information:

The first word "he" refers to the crippled man; the second word "he" refers to Paul. The word "him" refers to the crippled man.

a certain man sat

This introduces a new person in the story. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-participants/01.md]])

powerless in his feet

"unable to move his legs" or "unable to walk on his feet"

cripple

"lame"

a cripple from his mother's womb

"a cripple from birth"

Paul fixed his eyes on him

"Paul looked straight at him"

had faith to be made well

The abstract noun "faith" can be translated with the verb "believe." AT: "believed that Jesus could heal him" or "believed that Jesus could make him well" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

jumped up

"leaped in the air." This implies that his legs were completely healed.

translationWords

Acts 14:11-13

what Paul had done

This refers to Paul's healing the crippled man.

they raised their voice

"Raised" here is an idiom for "increased the sound of their voices" AT: "They increased the sound of their voices" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

The gods have come down to us

A large number of people believed Paul and Barnabas were their pagan gods who had come down from heaven. AT: "The gods have come down from heaven to us" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

in the dialect of Lycaonia

"in their own Lycaonian language." The people of Lystra spoke Lycaonian and also Greek.

in the form of men

These people believed that the gods needed to change their appearance in order to look like men.

Zeus

Zeus was the king over all the other pagan gods. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

Hermes

Hermes was the pagan god who brought messages to people from Zeus and the other gods. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

The priest of Zeus, whose temple was just outside the city, brought

It may be helpful to include additional information about the priest. AT: "There was a temple just outside the city where the people worshiped Zeus. When the priest who served in the temple heard what Paul and Barnabas had done, he brought" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

oxen and wreaths

The oxen were to be sacrificed. The wreaths were either to crown Paul and Barnabas, or put on the oxen for sacrifice.

to the gates

The gates of the cities were often used as a meeting place for the people of the city.

wanted to offer sacrifice

"wanted to offer sacrifice to Paul and Barnabas as the gods Zeus and Hermes"

translationWords

Acts 14:14-16

the apostles, Barnabas and Paul

Luke is here probably using "apostle" in the general sense of "one sent out."

they tore their clothing

This was a symbolic action to show that they were deeply distressed and upset that the crowd wanted to sacrifice to them.

Men, why are you doing these things?

Barnabas and Paul are rebuking the people for trying to sacrifice to them. AT: "Men, you must not do these things!" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md]])

doing these things

"worshiping us"

We also are human beings with the same feelings as you

By this statement, Barnabas and Paul are saying that they are not gods. AT: "We are just human beings like you. We are not gods!"

with the same feelings as you

"like you in every way"

turn from these useless things to a living God

"Turn" is idiomatic for "change from." AT: "change from worshiping these false gods that cannot help you, and instead begin to worship the living God" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

a living God

"a God who truly exists" or "a God who lives"

In the past ages

"In previous times" or "Until now"

to walk in

"to live according to" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 14:17-18

Connecting Statement:

Paul and Barnabas continue speaking to the crowd outside the city of Lystra. (See: Acts 14:8)

he did not leave himself without witness

This could also be stated in positive form. AT: "God has certainly left a witness" or "God has indeed testified" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-litotes/01.md]])

in that

"as shown by the fact that"

filling your hearts with food and gladness

Here "you hearts" refers to the people. AT: "giving you enough to eat and things about which to be happy" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

Paul and Barnabas barely kept the multitudes from sacrificing to them

Paul and Barnabas stopped the multitude from sacrificing to them, but it was difficult to do so.

barely kept

"had difficulty preventing"

translationWords

Acts 14:19-20

General Information:

Here the words "he" and "him" refer to Paul.

persuaded the crowds

It my be helpful to explicitly state what they persuaded the crowd to do. AT: "persuaded the people not to believe Paul and Barnabas, and to turn against them" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

the crowds

This may not be the same group as the "multitude" in the previous verse. Some time had passed, and this might be a different group that gathered together.

thinking that he was dead

"because they thought that he was already dead"

the disciples

These were new believers in the city of Lystra.

entered the city

"Paul re-entered Lystra with the believers"

he went to Derbe with Barnabas

"Paul and Barnabas went to the city of Derbe"

translationWords

Acts 14:21-22

General Information:

Here the words "they" and "They" refer to Paul.

General Information:

Here the word "We" includes Paul, Barnabas, and the believers. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-inclusive/01.md]])

that city

"Derbe" (See: Acts 14:20)

They kept strengthening the souls of the disciples

Here "souls" refers to the disciples. This emphasizes their inner thoughts and beliefs. AT: "Paul and Barnabas urged the believers to continue to believe the message about Jesus" or "Paul and Barnabas urged the believers to continue to grow strong in their relationship with Jesus (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

encouraging them to continue in the faith

"encouraging the believers to keep trusting in Jesus"

translationWords

Acts 14:23-26

General Information:

Except for the third use of the word "they" which refers to the people that Paul and Barnabas had led to the Lord, all the words "they" here refer to Paul and Barnabas.

When they had appointed for them elders in every church

"When Paul and Barnabas had appointed leaders in each new group of believers"

they entrusted them

Possible meanings are 1) "Paul and Barnabas entrusted the elders they had appointed" or 2) "Paul and Barnabas entrusted the leaders and other believers"

in whom they had believed

Who "they" refers to depends on your choice for the meaning of "them" in the previous note (either elders or leaders and other believers).

When they had spoken the word in Perga

"Word" here is a metonym for "message of God." AT: "(See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

went down to Attalia

The phrase "went down" is used here because Attalia is lower in elevation than Perga.

where they had been committed to the grace of God

This can be stated in the active form. AT: "where believers and leaders in Antioch had committed Paul and Barnabas to the grace of God" or "where the people of Antioch prayed that God would care for and protect Paul and Barnabas"

translationWords

Acts 14:27-28

General Information:

Here the words "they," "them," and "They" refer to Paul and Barnabas. The word "he" refers to God.

gathered the church together

"called the local believers to meet together"

he had opened a door of faith for the Gentiles

God's enabling the Gentiles to believe is spoken of as if he had opened a door that had prevented them from entering into faith. AT: "God had made it possible for the Gentiles to believe" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 15

Acts 15:intro-0

Acts 15 General Notes

Structure and formatting

Some translations indent each line of poetry to make it easier to read. The ULB does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 15:16-17.

The events of this chapter are commonly called the "Jerusalem Council." This was a time when many church leaders got together to discuss the relationship between the Gentiles and the law of Moses. The council affirmed that Gentiles did not need to follow the law. In fact, no one within the church should follow this law. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/lawofmoses.md]])

Special concepts in this chapter

# Brothers

Brothers is now being used to reference fellow Christians instead of fellow Jews.

# "You cannot be saved"

This is obviously a false idea. Even during the Old Testament times, a person was saved by their faith and not by their obedience to the law of Moses. Paul and Barnabas went to Jerusalem to discuss this issue so that the church could have unity. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/save.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/faith.md]])

# "Turn away from things sacrificed to idols, blood, things strangled, and from sexual immorality"

It is possible that these actions were necessary for harmony between the Jews and Gentiles.

Acts 15:1-2

Connecting Statement:

Paul and Barnabas are still in Antioch when there is a dispute about the Gentiles and circumcision.

Some men

"Some men." You can make explicit that these men were Jews who believed in Christ. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

came down from Judea

The phrase "came down" is used here because Judea is higher in elevation than Antioch.

taught the brothers

Here "brothers" stands for believers in Christ. It is implied that they were in Antioch. AT: "taught the believers at Antioch" or "were teaching the believers at Antioch" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

Unless you are circumcised according to the custom of Moses, you cannot be saved

This can be stated in active form. AT: "Unless someone circumcises you according to the custom of Moses, God cannot save you" or "God will not save you from your sins unless you receive circumcision according to the law of Moses" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

a sharp dispute and debate with them

The abstract nouns "sharp dispute" and "debate" can be stated as verbs and where the men came from can be made explicit. AT: "had confronted and debated with the men from Judea" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

go up to Jerusalem

Jerusalem was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of going up to Jerusalem.

this question

"this issue"

translationWords

Acts 15:3-4

General Information:

Here the words "They," "they," and "them" refer to Paul, Barnabas, and certain others. (See: Acts 15:2)

They therefore, being sent by the church

This can be stated in active form. AT: "Therefore the community of believers sent them from Antioch to Jerusalem" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

being sent by the church

Here "church" stands for the people that were a part of the church. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

passed through ... announced

The words "passed through" and "announced" indicate they spent some time in different places sharing in detail what God was doing.

announced the conversion of the Gentiles

The abstract noun "conversion" means the Gentiles were rejecting their false gods and believing in God. AT: "announced to the community of believers in those places that Gentiles were believing in God" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md]])

They brought great joy to all the brothers

Their message causing the brothers to be joyful is spoken of as if "joy" were an object that they brought to the brothers. AT: "What they said caused their fellow believers to rejoice" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

the brothers

Here "brothers" refers to fellow believers.

they were welcomed by the church and the apostles and the elders

This can be stated in active form. AT: "the apostles, the elders, and the rest of the community of believers welcomed them" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

with them

"through them"

translationWords

Acts 15:5-6

Connecting Statement:

Paul and Barnabas are now in Jerusalem to meet with the apostles and elders there.

General Information:

Here the word "them" refers to non-Jewish believers who were not circumcised and did not keep the Old Testament laws of God.

But certain men

Here Luke contrasts those who believe that salvation is only in Jesus to others who believe salvation is by Jesus yet also believe that circumcision is required for salvation.

to keep the law of Moses

"to obey the law of Moses"

to consider this matter

The church leaders decided to discuss whether or not Gentiles needed to be circumcised and obey the Law of Moses in order for God to save them from their sins.

translationWords

Acts 15:7-9

Connecting Statement:

Peter begins to speak to the apostles and elders who met to discuss whether Gentiles had to receive circumcision and keep the law. (See: Acts 15:5-6)

General Information:

The first word "them" refers to apostles and elders (Acts 15:6) and the other words "them" and "their" refer to the believing Gentiles.

General Information:

Here the word "you" is plural and refers to the apostles and elders present. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-you/01.md]])

General Information:

The word "he" refers to God.

General Information:

Here "us" is plural and refers to Peter, the apostles and elders, and all Jewish believers in general. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-inclusive/01.md]])

Brothers

Peter is addressing all of the believers who were present.

by my mouth

Here "mouth" refers to Peter. AT: "from me" or "by me" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

the Gentiles should hear

"the Gentiles would hear"

the word of the gospel

Here "word" stands for a message. AT: "the message about Jesus" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

who knows the heart

Here "heart" refers to the "minds" or "inner beings." AT: "who knows the people's minds" or "who knows what people think" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

witnesses to them

"witnesses to the Gentiles"

giving them the Holy Spirit

"causing the Holy Spirit to come upon them"

made no distinction

God did not treat Jewish believers different from Gentile believers.

making their hearts clean by faith

God's forgiving the Gentile believers' sins is spoken as though he literally cleaned their hearts. Here "heart" stands for the person's inner being. AT: "forgiving their sins because they believed in Jesus" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 15:10-11

Connecting Statement:

Peter finishes speaking to the apostles and elders.

General Information:

Peter includes his audience by his use of "our" and "we." (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-inclusive/01.md]])

Now

This does not mean "at this moment," but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.

why do you test God, that you should put a yoke upon the neck of the disciples which neither our fathers nor we were able to bear?

Peter uses a question with a word picture to tell the Jewish believers they should not require the non-Jewish believers to perform circumcision to be saved. AT: "Do not test God by putting a burden on the non-Jewish believers which we Jews were not able to bear!" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

our fathers

This refers to their Jewish ancestors.

But we believe that we shall be saved through the grace of the Lord Jesus, just as they were

This can be stated in active form. AT: "But we believe the Lord Jesus shall save us by his grace, just as he saved the non-Jewish believers" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 15:12

General Information:

Here the word "them" refers to Paul and Barnabas.

All the multitude

"Everyone" or "The whole group" (See: Acts 15:6)

God had worked

"God had done" or "God had caused"

translationWords

Acts 15:13-14

Connecting Statement:

James begins to speak to the apostles and elders. (See: Acts 15:6)

General Information:

Here the word "they" refers to Paul and Barnabas. (See: Acts 15:12)

Brothers, listen

"Fellow believers, listen." James was probably speaking only to men.

in order to take from them a people

"so that he might choose from among them a people"

for his name

"for God's name." Here "name" refers to God. AT: "for himself" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 15:15-18

Connecting Statement:

James quotes the prophet Amos from the Old Testament.

General Information:

Here "I" refers to God who spoke through the words of his prophet.

The words of the prophets agree

Here "words" stands for a message. AT: "What the prophets said agrees" or "The prophets agree" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

agree with this

"confirm this truth"

as it is written

This can be stated in active form. AT: "as they wrote" or "as the prophet Amos wrote long ago" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

I will build again the tent of David, which has fallen down ... its ruins again

This speaks of God's again choosing one of David's descendants to rule over his people as though he were setting up a tent again after it fell down. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

tent

Here "tent" stands for David's family. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

the remnant of men may seek the Lord

This speaks about people wanting to obey God and learn more about him as if they were literally looking for him. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

remnant of men

Here "men" includes males and females. AT: "remnant of people" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-gendernotations/01.md]])

may seek the Lord

God is speaking about himself in the third person. AT: "may seek me, the Lord" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-123person/01.md]])

including all the Gentiles called by my name

This can be stated in active form. AT: "including all the Gentiles who belong to me" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

my name

Here "my name" stands for God. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

that have been known

This can be stated in active form. AT: "that people have known" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 15:19-21

Connecting Statement:

James finishes speaking to the apostles and elders. (See: Acts 15:2 and Acts 15:13)

General Information:

Here "we" includes James, the apostles, and the elders. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-inclusive/01.md]])

we should not trouble those of the Gentiles

You can make explicit in what way James does not want to trouble the Gentiles. AT: "we should not require the Gentiles to become circumcised and obey the laws of Moses" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

who turn to God

A person who starts obeying God is spoken of as if the person is physically turning towards God. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

they must keep away from the pollution of idols ... sexual immorality ... strangled ... blood

Sexual immorality, strangling animals, and consuming blood were often part of ceremonies to worship idols and false gods.

pollution of idols

This possibly refers to eating the meat of an animal that someone has sacrificed to an idol or to anything to do with idol worship. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

from the meat of strangled animals, and from blood

God did not allow Jews to eat meat that still had the blood in it. Also, even earlier in Moses' writings in Genesis, God had forbidden the drinking of blood. Therefore, they could not eat an animal that someone strangled because the blood was not properly drained from the body of the animal. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

Moses has been proclaimed in every city ... and he is read in the synagogues every Sabbath

James is implying that Gentiles know how important these rules are because Jews preach them in every city where there is a synagogue. It also implies the Gentiles can go to the teachers from the synagogues to learn more about these rules. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

Moses has been proclaimed

Here "Moses" represents the law of Moses. This can be stated in active form. AT: "The law of Moses has been proclaimed" or "Jews have taught the law of Moses" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

in every city

The word "every" here is a generalization. AT: "in many cities" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-hyperbole/01.md]])

and he is read

Here "he" refers to Moses, whose name here represents his law. AT: "and the law is read" or "and they read the law" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 15:22-23

General Information:

Here the word "them" refers to Judas and Silas. The word "They" refers to the apostles, elders, and other believers of the church in Jerusalem.

the whole church

Here "church" refers to the people who are a part of the church in Jerusalem. AT: "the church in Jerusalem" or "the whole community of believers in Jerusalem" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

Judas called Barsabbas

This is the name of a man. "Barsabbas" is a second name that people called him. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

From the apostles and elders, your brothers, to the Gentile brothers in Antioch, Syria, and Cilicia: Greetings!

This is the introduction of the letter. Your language may have a way of introducing the author of the letter and to whom it is written. AT: "This letter is from your brothers, the apostles and elders. We are writing to you Gentile believers in Antioch, Syria, and Cilicia. Greetings to you" or "To our Gentile brothers in Antioch, Syria, and Cilicia. Greetings from the apostles and elders, your brothers"

your brothers ... the Gentile brothers

Here the word "brothers" refers to fellow believers. By using these words, the apostles and elders assure the Gentile believers that they accept them as fellow believers.

Cilicia

This is the name of a province on the coast in Asia Minor north of the Island of Cyprus. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 15:24-26

General Information:

Here all instances of "we," "our," and "us" refer to the believers in the church in Jerusalem. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-exclusive/01.md]] and Acts 15:22)

that certain men

"that some men"

with no orders from us

"even though we gave no orders for them to go"

disturbed you with teachings that upset your souls

Here "souls" refers to the people. AT: "have taught things that have troubled you" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

to choose men

The men they sent were Judas called Barsabbas and Silas. (See: Acts 15:22)

for the name of our Lord Jesus Christ

Here "name" refers to the whole person. AT: "because they believe in our Lord Jesus Christ" or "because they serve our Lord Jesus Christ" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 15:27-29

Connecting Statement:

This concludes the letter from the Jerusalem church to the Gentile believers in Antioch.

General Information:

Here the words "We" and "us" refer to the leaders and believers in the church in Jerusalem. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-exclusive/01.md]] and Acts 15:22)

who will tell you the same thing themselves in their own words

This phrase emphasizes that Judas and Silas will say the same things that the apostles and elders had written. AT: "who themselves will tell you the same things about which we have written" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

to lay upon you no greater burden than these necessary things

This speaks about laws that people need to obey as if they were objects that people carry on their shoulders. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

from things sacrificed to idols

This means they are not allowed to eat the meat of an animal that someone sacrifices to an idol.

blood

This refers to drinking blood or eating meat from which the blood has not been drained. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

things strangled

A strangled animal was killed but its blood was not drained.

Farewell

This announces the end of the letter. AT: "Goodbye"

translationWords

Acts 15:30-32

Connecting Statement:

Paul, Barnabas, Judas, and Silas leave for Antioch.

So they, when they were dismissed, came down to Antioch

The word "they" refers to Paul, Barnabas, Judas, and Silas. AT: "So when the four men were dismissed, they came down to Antioch"

when they were dismissed

This can be stated in active form. AT: "when the apostles and elders dismissed the four men" or "when the believers in Jerusalem sent them" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

came down to Antioch

The phrase "came down" is used here because Antioch is lower in elevation than Jerusalem.

they rejoiced

"the believers in Antioch rejoiced"

because of the encouragement

The abstract noun "encouragement" can be expressed with the verb "encourage." AT: "because what the apostles and elders wrote encouraged them" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md]])

also prophets

Prophets were teachers authorized by God to speak for him. AT: "because they were prophets" or "who were also prophets"

the brothers

"the fellow believers"

strengthened them

Helping someone to depend even more on Jesus is spoken of as if they were making them physically stronger. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 15:33-35

Connecting Statement:

Judas and Silas return to Jerusalem while Paul and Barnabas remain in Antioch.

After they had spent some time there

This speaks about time as if it were a commodity that a person could spend. The word "they" refers to Judas and Silas. AT: "After they stayed there for a while" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

they were sent away in peace from the brothers

This can be stated in active form. AT: "the brothers sent Judas and Silas back in peace" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

the brothers

This refers to the believers in Antioch.

to those who had sent them

"to the believers in Jerusalem who sent Judas and Silas" (See: Acts 15:22)

where they taught

The word "they" here refers to Paul and Barnabas.

the word of the Lord

Here "word" stands for a message. AT: "the message about the Lord" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 15:36-38

Connecting Statement:

Paul and Barnabas go on separate journeys.

Let us return now

"I suggest we now return"

visit the brothers

"care for the brothers" or "offer to help the believers"

the word of the Lord

Here "word" stands for the message. AT: "the message about the Lord" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

see how they are

"learn how they are doing." They want to learn about the current condition of the brothers and how they are holding on to God's truth.

to also take with them John who was called Mark

"to take John, who was also called Mark"

Paul thought it was not good to take Mark

The words "not good" are used to say the opposite of good. AT: "Paul thought that taking Mark would be bad" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-litotes/01.md]])

Pamphylia

This was a province in Asia Minor. See how you translated this in Acts 2:10.

did not go further with them in the work

"did not continue to work with them then" or "did not continue to serve with them"

translationWords

Acts 15:39-41

General Information:

Here the word "they" refers to Barnabas and Paul.

Then there arose a sharp disagreement

The abstract noun "disagreement" can be stated as the verb "disagree." AT: "They strongly disagreed with each other" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md]])

after he was entrusted by the brothers to the grace of the Lord

To entrust to someone means to place the care and responsibility for someone or something to another person. This can be stated in active form. AT: "after the believers in Antioch entrusted Paul to the grace of the Lord" or "after the believers in Antioch prayed for the Lord to take care of Paul and show kindness to him" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

he went

The previous sentence implies that Silas was with Paul. AT: "they went" or "Paul and Silas went" or "Paul took Silas and went" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

went through Syria and Cilicia

These are provinces or areas in Asia Minor, near the island of Cyprus.

strengthening the churches

Encouraging the believers in the churches is spoken of as though Paul and Silas were making the believers physically stronger. The word "churches" refers to the groups of believers in Syria and Cilicia. AT: "encouraging the believers in the churches" or "helping the community of believers to depend even more in Jesus" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 16

Acts 16:intro-0

Acts 16 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

# They "circumcised him"

This was not done in an attempt to follow the law of Moses, but was done because he was ministering in a Jewish context. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/lawofmoses.md]])

# Divination and Fortunetelling

These action were against the law of Moses and were considered to be sinful. This is probably one of the reasons why Paul rebuked this woman, even though she was telling the truth. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/sin.md]])

Acts 16:1-3

Connecting Statement:

This continues the missionary journeys of Paul with Silas.

General Information:

Timothy is introduced into the story and joins Paul and Silas. Verses 1 and 2 give background information about Timothy. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-background/01.md]])

General Information:

The first, third, and fourth instances of the word "him" refer to Timothy. The second "him" refers to Paul.

Paul also came

Here "came" can be translated as "went." (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-go/01.md]])

Derbe

This is the name of a city in Asia Minor. See how you translated it in Acts 14:6.

behold

The word "behold" alerts us to a new person in the narrative. Your language may have a way of doing this.

who believed

The words "in Christ" are understood. AT: "who believed in Christ" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-ellipsis/01.md]])

He was well spoken of by the brothers

This can be stated in active from. AT: "The brothers spoke well of him" or "Timothy had a good reputation among the brothers" or "The brothers said good things about him" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

by the brothers

Here "brothers" refers to believers. AT: "by the believers"

circumcised him

It is possible that Paul himself circumcised Timothy, but it is more likely that he had someone else circumcise Timothy.

because of the Jews that were in those places

"because of the Jews living in the areas where Paul and Timothy would be traveling"

for they all knew that his father was a Greek

Since Greek men did not have their sons circumcised, the Jews would have known Timothy was not circumcised, and they would have rejected Paul and Timothy before hearing their message about Christ. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 16:4-5

General Information:

The word "they" here refers to Paul, Silas (Acts 15:40), and Timothy (Acts 16:3).

they delivered to the churches

"Delivered" here is a metaphor for "brought." AT: "they brought to the believers in the churches there" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

for them to obey

"for the church members to obey" or "for the believers to obey"

that had been written by the apostles and elders in Jerusalem

This can be stated in active form. AT: "that the apostles and elders in Jerusalem had written" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

the churches were strengthened in the faith and increased in number daily

This can be stated in active form. AT: "The believers became stronger in their faith, and there were more and more people becoming believers every day" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

the churches were strengthened in the faith

This speaks of helping someone to believe more confidently as if it were making them physically stronger. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

the churches

Here this stands for the believers in the churches. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 16:6-8

Phrygia

This is a region in Asia. See how you translated this name in Acts 2:10.

they had been forbidden by the Holy Spirit

This can be stated in active form. AT: "the Holy Spirit had forbidden them" or "the Holy Spirit did not permit them" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

the word

Here "word" stands for "message." AT: "the message about Christ" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

When they came

Here "came" can be translated as "went" or "arrived." (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-go/01.md]])

Mysia ... Bithynia

These are two more regions in Asia. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

the Spirit of Jesus

"the Holy Spirit"

they came down to the city of Troas

The phrase "came down" is used here because Troas is lower in elevation than Mysia.

they came down

Here "came" can be translated as "went." (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-go/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 16:9-10

A vision appeared to Paul

"Paul saw a vision from God" or "Paul had a vision from God"

calling him

"begging him" or "inviting him"

Come over into Macedonia

The phrase "Come over" is used because Macedonia is across the sea from Troas.

we set out to go to Macedonia ... God had called us

Here the words "we" and "us" refer to Paul and his companions including Luke, the author of Acts.

translationWords

Acts 16:11-13

Connecting Statement:

Paul and his companions are now in Philippi on their missionary trip. Verse 13 begins the story of Lydia. This short story happens during Paul's travels.

Samothrace ... Neapolis

These are coastal cities near Phillipi in Macedonia. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

we came to Neapolis

Here "came to" can be translated as "went to" or "arrived at." (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-go/01.md]])

a Roman colony

This is a city outside of Italy where many people who came from Rome lived. The people there had the same rights and freedoms as people who lived in cities in Italy. They could govern themselves and they did not have to pay taxes. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 16:14-15

Connecting Statement:

This ends the story of Lydia.

A certain woman named Lydia

Here "A certain woman" introduces a new person in the story. AT: "There was a woman named Lydia" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-participants/01.md]])

a seller of purple

Here "cloth" is understood. AT: "a merchant who sold purple cloth" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-ellipsis/01.md]])

Thyatira

This is the name of a city. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

worshiped God

A worshiper of God is a Gentile who gives praise to God and follows him, but does not obey all of the Jewish laws.

The Lord opened her heart to pay attention

For the Lord to cause someone to pay attention and believe a message is spoken of as if he were opening a person's heart. AT: "The Lord caused her to listen well and to believe" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

opened her heart

Here "heart" stands for a person's mind. Also, the author speaks about the "heart" or "mind" as if it were a box that a person could open so it is ready for someone to fill it. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

what was said by Paul

This can be stated in active form. AT: "what Paul said" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

When she and her house were baptized

This can be stated in active form. AT: "When they baptized Lydia and members of her household" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

her house

Here "house" represents the people who live in her house. AT: "the members of her household" or "her family and household servants" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 16:16-18

Connecting Statement:

This begins the first event in another short story during Paul's travels; it is about a young fortune teller.

General Information:

Background information is given here to explain that this young fortune teller brought much financial gain to her masters by guessing people's futures. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-background/01.md]])

It came about that

This phrase marks the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.

a certain young woman

The phrase "a certain" introduces a new person to the story. AT: "there was a young woman" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-participants/01.md]])

a spirit of divination

An evil spirit spoke to her often about the immediate future of people.

the way of salvation

How a person can be saved is spoken of here as if it were a way or path that a person walks on. AT: "how God can save you" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

But Paul, being greatly annoyed by her, turned

This can be stated in active form. AT: "But she greatly annoyed Paul so he turned around" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

in the name of Jesus Christ

Here "name" stands for speaking with the authority or as the representative of Jesus Christ. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

it came out right away

"the spirit came out immediately"

translationWords

Acts 16:19-21

her masters

"the owners of the slave girl"

When her masters saw that their opportunity to make money was now gone

It can be stated clearly why they no longer hoped to make money. AT: "When her masters saw that she could no longer earn money for them by telling fortunes" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

into the marketplace

"into the public square." This is a public place of business, where buying and selling of goods, cattle, or services takes place.

before the authorities

"into the presence of the authorities" or "so that the authorities could judge them"

When they had brought them to the magistrates

"When they had brought them to the judges"

magistrates

"rulers" or "judges"

These men are stirring up our city

Here the word "our" refers to the people of the city and includes the magistrates who ruled it. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-inclusive/01.md]])

to accept or practice

"to believe or to obey" or "to accept or to do"

translationWords

Acts 16:22-24

General Information:

Here the words "their" and "them" refer to Paul and Silas.

General Information:

The word "they" here refers to soldiers.

commanded them to be beaten with rods

This can be stated in active form. AT: "commanded the soldiers to beat them with rods" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

had laid many blows upon them

"had hit them many times with rods"

commanded the jailer to keep them securely

"told the jailer to make sure they did not get out"

jailer

a person responsible for all the people held in the jail or prison

he got this command

"he heard this command"

fastened their feet in the stocks

"securely locked their feet in the stocks"

stocks

a piece of wood with holes for preventing a person's feet from moving

translationWords

Acts 16:25-26

Connecting Statement:

This continues Paul and Silas' time in Philippi in prison and tells what happens to their jailer.

General Information:

The word "them" refers to Paul and Silas.

earthquake, so that the foundations of the prison were shaken

This can be stated in active form. AT: "earthquake which shook the foundations of the prison" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

the foundations of the prison

When the foundations shook, this caused the entire prison to shake. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

all the doors were opened

This can be stated in active form. AT: "all the doors opened" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

everyone's chains were unfastened

This can be stated in active form. AT: "everyone's chains came loose" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 16:27-28

General Information:

Here the word "we" refers to Paul, Silas, and all of the other prisoners but excludes the jailer. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-exclusive/01.md]])

The jailer was awakened from sleep

This can be stated in active form. AT: "The jailer woke up" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

was about to kill himself

"was ready to kill himself." The jailer preferred to commit suicide rather than suffer the consequences of letting the prisoners escape.

translationWords

Acts 16:29-31

called for lights

The reason why the jailer needed light can be made explicit. AT: "called for someone to bring light so he could see who was still in the prison" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

for lights

The word "lights" stands for something that makes light. AT: "for torches" or "for lamps" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

rushed in

"quickly entered the jail"

fell down before Paul and Silas

The jailer humbled himself by bowing down at the feet of Paul and Silas. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-symaction/01.md]])

brought them out

"led them outside the jail"

what must I do to be saved

This can be stated in active form. AT: "what must I do for God to save me from my sins" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

you will be saved

This can be stated in active form. AT: "God will save you" or "God will save you from your sins" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

your house

Here "house" stands for the people who live in the house. AT: "all the members of your household" or "your family" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 16:32-34

General Information:

Here the first use of the word "they" as well as the words "their" and "them" refer to Paul and Silas. Compare Acts 16:25. The last use of the word "they" refers to the people in the jailers' household.

General Information:

The words "him," "his," and "he" refer to the jailer.

They spoke the word of the Lord to him

Here "word" stands for a message. AT: "They told him the message about the Lord Jesus" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

he and those in his entire house were baptized immediately

This can be stated in active form. AT: "Paul and Silas baptized the jailer and all the members of his household" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 16:35-36

General Information:

This is the last event in the story of Paul and Silas in Philippi. (See: Acts 16:12)

Now

This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke tells the last event in the story that started in Acts 16:16.

sent word to the guards

Here "word" stands for "message" or "command." AT: "sent a message to the guards" or "sent a command to the guards" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

sent word

Here "sent" means the magistrates told someone to go tell the guards their message.

Let those men go

"Release those men" or "Allow those men to leave"

come out

"come outside of the jail"

translationWords

Acts 16:37-39

General Information:

All of the times the word "they" is used and the first time "them" is used, the words refer to the magistrates. The word "themselves" refers to the magistrates. The second time the word "them" is used, it refers to Paul and Silas.

General Information:

The word "us" refers only to Paul and Silas. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-exclusive/01.md]])

said to them

Probably Paul is speaking to the jailer, but he intends for the jailer to tell the magistrates what he says. AT: "said to the jailer" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

They have publicly beaten us

Here "They" refers to the magistrates who commanded their soldiers to beat them. AT: "The magistrates ordered their soldiers to beat us in public" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

without a trial, even through we are Romans citizens—and they threw us into prison

"men who are Roman citizens, and they had their soldiers put us in jail though they had not proven in court that we were guilty"

Do they now want to send us away secretly? No!

Paul uses a question to emphasize that he will not allow the magistrates to send them out the city in secret after they had mistreated Paul and Silas. AT: "I will certainly not let them send us out of the city in secret!" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md]])

Let them come themselves

Here "themselves" is used for emphasis. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rpronouns/01.md]])

when they heard that Paul and Silas were Romans, they were afraid

To be a Roman meant to be a legal citizens of the Empire. Citizenship provided freedom from torture and the right to a fair trial. The city leaders were afraid that more important Roman authorities might learn how the city leaders had mistreated Paul and Silas. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 16:40

Connecting Statement:

This is the end of Paul and Silas' time in Philippi. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-endofstory/01.md]])

General Information:

Here the word "they" refers to Paul and Silas. The word "them" refers to the believers in Philippi.

came to the house

Here "came" can be translated as "went." (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-go/01.md]])

the house of Lydia

"the home of Lydia"

saw the brothers

Here "brothers" refers to believers whether male or female. AT: "saw the believers" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-gendernotations/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 17

Acts 17:intro-0

Acts 17 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

# Misunderstandings about the messiah

It is recorded that Paul was "explaining that it was necessary for the Christ to suffer and to rise again from the dead." There was a common misconception that the Messiah was to be a conquering king. This is true of Christ at his return, but the Scriptures also say that the messiah would be a suffering servant. Therefore, Paul explained to them the truth about the messiah. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/christ.md]])

# Athenian religion

The Athenians were said to be "religious," but they did not worship Yahweh. They worshiped many different false gods. Often, when they conquered different countries, they incorporated the gods worshiped in other nations into their collection of gods. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/falsegod.md]])

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

# Contextualization

This passage is famous in many cultures because Paul "contextualizes" the gospel for a non-Jewish audience. This means that Paul makes the gospel relatable or understandable to those with no understanding of the Jewish religious system, without really losing meaning or power. The translator may wish to take extra care in preserving aspects of this "contextualization" if possible.

Acts 17:1-2

Connecting Statement:

This continues the story of Paul, Silas, and Timothy's missionary trip. They arrive in Thessalonica, apparently without Luke, since he says "they" and not "we."

General Information:

Here the word "they" refers to Paul and Silas. Compare Acts 16:40. The word "them" refers to the Jews at the synagogue in Thessalonica.

Now

This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke, the author, starts to tell a new part of the story.

passed through

"traveled through"

cities of Amphipolis and Apollonia

These are coastal cities in Macedonia. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

they came to the city

Here "came" can be translated as "went" or "arrived." AT: "they came to the city" or "they arrived at the city" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-go/01.md]])

as his custom was

"as his habit was" or "as his common practice was." Paul usually went to the synagogue on the Sabbath when Jews would be present.

for three Sabbath days

"on each Sabbath day for three weeks"

reasoned with them from the scriptures

Paul explained what the scriptures means in order to prove to the Jews that Jesus is the Messiah. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

reasoned with them

"gave them reasons" or "debated with them" or "discussed with them"

translationWords

Acts 17:3-4

General Information:

Here the word "He" refers to Paul. (See: Acts 17:02)

He was opening the scriptures

Possible meanings are 1) to explain the scriptures in a way that people can understand is spoken of as if Paul were opening something so people can see what is inside of it) or 2) Paul was literally opening a book or scroll and reading from it. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]]

it was necessary

"it was part of God's plan"

to rise again

"to come back to life"

from the dead

From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.

the Jews were persuaded

This can be stated in active form. AT: "the Jews believed" or "the Jews understood" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

joined Paul

"became associated with Paul"

devout Greeks

This refers to Greeks who worship God but have not converted to Judaism through circumcision.

not a few of the leading women

This is an understatement to emphasize that many leading women joined them. AT: "many leading women" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-litotes/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 17:5-7

General Information:

Here the word "they" refers to the unbelieving Jews and wicked men from the marketplace.

being moved with jealousy

The feeling of jealousy is spoken of as if jealousy were actually moving the person. AT: "feeling very jealous" or "feeling very angry" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

with jealousy

It can be stated explicitly that these Jews were jealous because some of the Jews and Greeks believed Paul's message. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

took certain wicked men

Here "took" does not mean the Jews took these people by force. It means the Jews persuaded these wicked men to help them.

certain wicked men

"some evil men." The word "men" here refers specifically to males.

from the marketplace

"from the public square." This is a public place of business, where buying and selling of goods, cattle, or services take place.

set the city in an uproar

Here "the city" stands for the people in the city. AT: "caused the people of the city to be in an uproar" or "caused the people of the city to riot" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

Assaulting the house

"Violently attacking the house." This probably means the people were throwing rocks at the house and trying to break down the door of the house.

Jason

This is the name of a man. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

out to the people

Possible meanings or "people" are 1) a governmental or legal group of citizens gathered to make a decision or 2) a mob.

certain other brothers

Here "brothers" refers to believers. AT: "some other believers"

before the officials

"in the presence of the officials"

These men who have

The Jewish leaders were speaking and the phrase, "These men," refers to Paul and Silas.

turned the world upside down

This phrase is another way of saying Paul and Silas where causing trouble everywhere they went. The Jewish leaders were exaggerating the influence Paul and Silas were having with their teaching. AT: "caused trouble everywhere in the world" or "caused trouble everywhere they have gone" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-hyperbole/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

Jason has welcomed

This phrase signals that Jason was in agreement with the apostles' troubling message.

translationWords

Acts 17:8-9

disturbed

"worried" or "anxious"

made Jason and the rest pay money as security

Jason and the others had to pay the money to the city officials as a promise of good behavior; that money might be returned if all went well or it might be used to repair the damages brought on by bad behavior.

the rest

The words "the rest" refers to other believers that the Jews brought before the officials.

they let them go

"the officials let Jason and the other believers go"

translationWords

[[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/other/trouble.md]]

Acts 17:10-12

General Information:

Paul and Silas travel on to the town of Berea.

the brothers

The word "brothers" here refers to men and women believers. AT: "the believers" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-gendernotations/01.md]])

Now

The word "now" is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke tells background information about the people in Berea and how they were willing to listen to Paul and examine what he said. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-background/01.md]])

these people were more noble

These "well-born" people were willing to think more objectively about new ideas than other people. AT: "more open minded" or "more willing to listen"

received the word

Here "word" refers to a teaching. AT: "listened to the teaching" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

with all readiness of mind

These Bereans were prepared to examine earnestly Paul's teachings about the scripture.

examining the scriptures daily

"carefully reading and evaluating the scriptures every day"

these things were so

"the things Paul said were true"

translationWords

Acts 17:13-15

General Information:

Athens is down the coast from Barea which is in Macedonia. Athens was one of the most important cities in Greece. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

learned

"found out" or "heard"

went there and stirred up

This speaks about their agitating people as though it were a person stirring a liquid and causing the things at the bottom of the liquid to rise to the surface. AT: "went there and agitated" or "went there and disturbed" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

troubled the crowds

"and worried the crowds" or "caused dread and fear among the people"

brothers

The word "brothers" here refers to men and women believers. AT: "believers" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-gendernotations/01.md]])

to go to the sea

"to go to the coast." From here Paul would probably sail to another city.

who were leading Paul

"who were accompanying Paul" or "who were going along with Paul"

they received from him instructions for Silas and Timothy

"he told them to instruct Silas and Timothy." This can also be stated as a direct quotation as in the UDB. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-quotations/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 17:16-17

General Information:

This is another part of the story of Paul and Silas' travels. Paul is now in Athens where he is waiting for Silas and Timothy to join him.

Now

This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke starts to tell a new part of the story.

his spirit was provoked within him as he saw the city full of idols

Here "spirit" stands for Paul himself. This can be stated in active form. AT: "he became upset because he saw that there were idols everywhere in the city" or "seeing the idols everywhere in the city upset him" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

he reasoned

"he debated" or "he discussed." This means that there is interaction from the listeners rather than only his preaching. They are talking with him as well.

others who worshiped God

This refers to Gentiles (non-Jews) who give praise to God and follow him but do not obey all of the Jewish laws.

in the marketplace

"in the public square." This is a public place of business, where buying and selling of goods, cattle, or services take place.

translationWords

Acts 17:18

General Information:

Here the words "him," "He, "and "he" refer to Paul.

Epicurean and Stoic philosophers

These people believed all things were formed by chance and that the gods were too busy being happy to be bothered with governing the universe. They rejected the resurrection and wanted only simple pleasures. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

Stoic philosophers

These people believed freedom comes from resigning oneself to fate. They rejected a personal loving God and the resurrection. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

encountered him

"happened upon him"

Some said

"Some of the philosophers said"

What is this babbler

The word "babbler" was used to refer to birds picking up seeds as food. It refers negatively to a person who only knows a little bit of information. The philosophers said Paul had bits of information which were not worth listening to. AT: "What is this uneducated person" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

Others said

"Other philosophers said"

He seems to be one who calls people to follow

"He seems to be a proclaimer" or "He seems to be on a mission to add people to his philosophy"

strange gods

This is not in the sense of "odd," but in the sense of "foreign," that is, gods that Greeks and Romans do not worship or know about.

translationWords

Acts 17:19-21

General Information:

Here the words "They" and "we" refer to the Epicurean and Stoic philosophers. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-exclusive/01.md]])

General Information:

The words "him," "He" and "you" refer to Paul. (See: Acts 17:18)

They took ... brought him

This does not mean they arrested Paul. The philosophers invited Paul to speak formally to their leaders.

to the Areopagus

The "Areopagus" was the place where the leaders met. AT: "to the leaders that met on the Areopagus" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

the Areopagus, saying

Here the leaders on the Areopagus are speaking. This can stated as a new sentence. AT: "the Areopagus. The leaders said to Paul"

Areopagus

This is a prominent rock outcropping or hill in Athens upon which the supreme court of Athens may have met. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

For you bring some strange things to our ears

Paul's teachings about Jesus and the resurrection are spoken of as an object that a person can bring to another person. Here "ears" refers to what they hear. AT: "For you teachings some things that we have never heard before" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

Now ... something new

This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke tells background information about the people who lived in Athens and their interest in new teachings. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-background/01.md]])

Now all the Athenians and the strangers living there

The word "all" is a generalization referring to many. AT: "Now many of the Athenians and the strangers living there" or "Now many of the Athenians and the strangers living there" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-hyperbole/01.md]])

all the Athenians

"Athenians" are people from Athens, a city near the coast below Macedonia (present day Greece). (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

the strangers

"the foreigners"

spent their time in nothing but either telling or listening

Here "time" is spoken of as if it were an object that a person could spend. AT: "used their time doing nothing but either telling or listening" or "were always doing nothing but telling or listening" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

spent their time in nothing but either telling or listening

The phrase "spent their time in nothing" is an exaggeration. AT: "did not do much but tell or listen" or "spent much of their time telling or listening" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-hyperbole/01.md]])

telling or listening about something new

"discussing new philosophical ideas" or "talking about what was new to them"

translationWords

[[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/names/paul.md]]

Acts 17:22-23

General Information:

Paul begins his speech to the philosophers on the Areopagus.

very religious in every way

Paul is referring to the Athenians' public display of honoring the gods through prayers, building altars, and offering sacrifices.

For as I passed along

"Because as I walked past" or "I walked along"

To an Unknown God

Possible meanings are 1) "to a certain unknown god" or 2) "to a god not known." This was a specific writing or inscription on that altar.

translationWords

Acts 17:24-25

translationWords

Acts 18

Acts 18:intro-0

Acts 18 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

# "(Apollos) knew only the baptism of John"

Even after the death of Jesus, there remained some Jews who followed the teachings of John the Baptist, but who had not yet heard about Jesus. Apollos belongs to this group who was faithful to God through following John the Baptist, but who awaited the messiah whom they did not know had come. The baptism to which this passage refers is John's baptism of repentance. It is distinct from Christian baptism. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/faithful.md]], [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/christ.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/repent.md]])

Acts 18:1-3

sailed for Syria with Priscilla and Aquila

Paul got on a ship that sailed for Syria. Priscilla and Aquila went with him.

he had his hair cut off because of a vow he had taken

This is a symbolic action that indicates the completion of a vow. This can be stated in active form. AT: "he had someone cut off the hair on his head" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-symaction/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

reasoned with

"discussed with" or "debated with"

translationWords

Acts 18:20-21

General Information:

Here the words "they" and "them" refer to the Jews in Ephesus.

taking his leave of them

"saying good-bye to them"

translationWords

Acts 18:22-23

Apollos powerfully refuted the Jews in public debate

"In public debate Apollos powerfully showed that the Jews were wrong"

showing by the scriptures that Jesus is the Christ

"as he showed them by the scriptures that Jesus is the Christ"

translationWords

Acts 19

Acts 19:intro-0

Acts 19 General Notes

Structure and formatting

# "So the word of the Lord spread very widely in powerful ways"

This is the major theme of this chapter and the book of Acts overall.

Special concepts in this chapter

# Receiving the Holy Spirit

# Baptism

There are several baptisms mentioned in this chapter. The baptism of John was about repentance. Christian baptism is about identifying with Christ. The baptism of the Spirit is the same as "receiving the Spirit." (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/repent.md]])

# Temple of Diana

The temple of Diana was important for the businesses of Ephesus. Many people came to this city to see this amazing temple and bought statues while they were there. The people's belief in Jesus caused problems for these people because of the affect it had on their businesses.

Acts 19:1-2

Connecting Statement:

Paul travels to Ephesus.

General Information:

The "upper country" was an area of Asia which today is part of modern-day Turkey to the north of Ephesus. Paul must have traveled by land around the top of the Aegean sea in order to come to Ephesus (also in Turkey today) which is directly east of Corinth by sea.

It came about that

This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.

passed through

"traveled through"

receive the Holy Spirit

This means to have the Holy Spirit come upon them.

we did not even hear about the Holy Spirit

"we have not even heard about the Holy Spirit"

translationWords

Acts 19:3-4

General Information:

Here the words "They," "you," and "they" refer to certain disciples in the city of Ephesus. (See: Acts 19:1)

General Information:

The word "him" refers to John.

Into what then were you baptized?

This can be stated in active form. AT: "What kind of baptism did you receive?" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

Into John's baptism

You can translate this as a complete sentence. AT: "We received the kind of baptism about which John taught" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-ellipsis/01.md]])

the baptism of repentance

You can translate the abstract noun "repentance" as the verb "repent." AT: "the baptism that people requested when they wanted to repent" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md]])

the one who would come

Here "the one" refers to Jesus.

come after him

This means to come after John the Baptist in time and not following after him physically.

translationWords

Acts 19:5-7

Connecting Statement:

Paul continues staying in Ephesus.

When the people

Here "people" refers to the disciples in Ephesus who were talking with Paul. (See: Acts 19:1)

they were baptized

This can be stated in active form. AT: "they received baptism" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

in the name of the Lord Jesus

Here "name" refers to Jesus' power and authority. AT: "as believers in the Lord Jesus" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

laid his hands on them

"placed his hands on them." He probably placed his hands on their shoulders or heads. AT: "placed his hands on their heads as he prayed"

they spoke in other languages and prophesied

Unlike in Acts 2:3-4, there are no details of who understood their messages.

In all they were about twelve men

This tells how many men were baptized. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-background/01.md]])

twelve men

"12 men" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-numbers/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 19:8-10

Paul went into the synagogue and spoke boldly for three months

"Paul regularly attended the synagogue meetings for three months and spoke there boldly"

reasoning and persuading them

"convincing people with convincing arguments and with clear teaching"

about the kingdom of God

Here "kingdom" stands for God's rule as king. AT: "about God's rule as king" or "about how God would show himself as king" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

some Jews were hardened and disobedient

To stubbornly refuse to believe is spoken of as though the people were becoming hard and unable to move. AT: "some Jews were stubborn and did not believe" or "some Jews stubbornly refused to accept and obey the message" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

to speak evil of the Way before the crowd

What Christ wants people to believe is spoken of as though it were a road that a person travels. The phrase, "the Way," seems to have been a title for Christianity at the time. AT: "to speak evil about Christianity to the crowd" or "to speak to the crowd evil things about those who follow Christ and who obey his teaching about God" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]] and Acts 9:2)

to speak evil of

"to speak bad things about"

in the lecture hall of Tyrannus

"in the large room where Tyrannus had taught people"

Tyrannus

This is the name of a man. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

all who lived in Asia heard

Possible meanings are 1) Paul shared the gospel with many people throughout all of Asia or 2) Paul's message went out to all of Asia from Ephesus by the Ephesians as well as people who visited Ephesus and came from all over Asia.

the word of the Lord

Here "word" stands for a message. AT: "the message about the Lord" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 19:11-12

General Information:

Here the words "them" and "they" refer to those who were sick.

God was doing mighty deeds by the hands of Paul

Here "hands" stands for Paul's whole person. AT: "God was causing Paul to do miracles" or "God was doing miracles through Paul" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

even handkerchiefs and aprons that had touched him were taken to the sick and

This can be stated in active form. AT: "when they took to sick people even handkerchiefs and aprons that had touched Paul"

even handkerchiefs and aprons that had touched him

Possible meanings are 1) these were cloth items that Paul had touched or 2) these were cloth items that Paul had worn or used.

handkerchiefs

cloths worn around the head

aprons

clothing worn on the front of the body to protect the clothes of people

the sick

This refers to sick people. AT: "sick people" or "those who were sick" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-nominaladj/01.md]])

their illnesses were cured

This can be stated in active form. AT: "those who were sick became healthy" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 19:13-14

General Information:

This is the beginning of another event that happened while Paul was in Ephesus. It is about Jewish exorcists.

exorcists

people who send evil spirits away from people or places

the name of the Lord Jesus

Here "name" refers to Jesus' power and authority. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

By the Jesus whom Paul proclaims

"Jesus" was a common name at the time, so these exorcists wanted people to know of whom they spoke.

By the Jesus

This stands for the power and authority of Jesus. AT: "by the authority of Jesus" or "by the power of Jesus" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

Sceva

This is the name of a man. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 19:15-17

Jesus I know, and Paul I know

"I know Jesus and Paul" or "I know Jesus, and I know Paul"

but who are you?

The spirit asked this question to emphasize that the exorcists had no authority over evil spirits. AT: "but I do not know you!" or "but you have no authority over me!" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md]])

The evil spirit in the man leaped

This means that the evil spirit caused the man whom it was controlling to leap on the exorcists.

exorcists

This refers to people who send evil spirits from people or places. See how you translated this in Acts 19:13.

they fled ... naked

The exorcists fled with their clothes ripped off them.

the name of the Lord Jesus was honored

This can be stated in active form. AT: "they honored the name of the Lord Jesus" or "they considered the name of the Lord Jesus to be great" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

the name

This stands for the power and authority of Jesus. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 19:18-20

Connecting Statement:

This ends the story about the Jewish exorcists. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-endofstory/01.md]])

brought their books

"collected their books." The word "books" refers to scrolls on which magical incantations and formulas were written.

in the sight of everyone

"in front of everyone"

the value of them

"the value of the books" or "the value of the scrolls"

fifty thousand

"50,000" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-numbers/01.md]])

pieces of silver

A "piece of silver" was the approximate daily wage for a common laborer. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-bmoney/01.md]])

So the word of the Lord spread very widely in powerful ways

"So because of these powerful deeds, more and more people heard the message about the Lord Jesus" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 19:21-22

Connecting Statement:

Paul talks about going Jerusalem but does not leave Ephesus yet.

Now

This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke starts to tell a new part of the story.

Paul completed his ministry in Ephesus

"Paul completed the work that God had for him to do in Ephesus"

he decided in the Spirit

Possible meanings are 1) Paul decided with the help of the Holy Spirit or 2) Paul decided within his own spirit, which means he made up his mind.

Achaia

Achaia was the Roman province in which Corinth was located. It was the largest city in southern Greece and the capital of the province. See how you translated this in Acts 18:12.

I must also see Rome

"I must also travel to Rome"

Erastus

This is the name of a man. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

But he himself stayed in Asia for a while

It is made explicit in the next few verses that Paul remains in Ephesus. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

he himself

This is repeated for emphasis. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rpronouns/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 19:23-25

Connecting Statement:

Luke tells about a riot that broke out while Paul was in Ephesus.

General Information:

Demetrius is introduced to the story. Verse 24 introduces background information about Demetrius. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-background/01.md]])

General Information:

Ephesus had a large temple dedicated to the goddess Artemis, sometimes translated as "Diana." She was a false goddess of fertility. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

there was no small disturbance in Ephesus concerning the Way

This is a summary opening statement.

there was no small disturbance

"the people became very upset" See how you translated this in Acts 12:18

the Way

This was a term used to refer to Christianity. See how you translated this title in Acts 9:1.

A certain silversmith named Demetrius

The use of the words "a certain" introduces a new person in the story. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-participants/01.md]])

silversmith

a craftsman who works with silver metal to make statues and jewelry

named Demetrius

This is the name of a man. Demetrius was a silversmith in Ephesus who was against Paul and the local church. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

brought in much business

"made a lot of money for those who made the idols"

the workmen of that occupation

An occupation is a profession or job. AT: "others who did that kind of work"

translationWords

[[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/names/ephesus.md]]

Acts 19:26-27

Acts 19:35-37

Connecting Statement:

The clerk of Ephesus speaks to quiet the crowd.

General Information:

The words "You" and "you" refer to all the men present who were from Ephesus. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-you/01.md]])

the town clerk

This refers to the town "writer" or "secretary."

what man is there who does not know that the city of the Ephesians is temple keeper ... heaven?

The clerk asked this question to assure the crowd they were right and to comfort them. AT: "every man knows that the city of the Ephesians is temple keeper ... heaven." (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md]])

who does not know

The town clerk uses "not" to emphasize that all of the people knew this. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-litotes/01.md]])

temple keeper

The Ephesian people maintained and guarded the temple of Artemis.

the image which fell down from heaven

Within the temple of Artemis was an image of the goddess. It had been fashioned from a meteorite which fell from the sky. People thought that his rock had come directly from Zeus, the ruler of the Greek gods (idols).

Seeing then that these things are undeniable

"Since you know these things"

do nothing rash

"do not do anything before you have had time to think about it"

rash

"wild," "hasty," or "without careful thought"

these men

The words "these men" refer to Gaius and Aristarchus, Paul's traveling companions. (See: Acts 19:29)

translationWords

Acts 19:38-41

Connecting Statement:

The town clerk finishes speaking to the crowd.

Therefore

This word marks a statement that is said because of what was said previously. The town clerk had said in Acts 19:37 that Gaius and Aristarchus were not robbers or blasphemers.

have an accusation against anyone

The word "accusation" can be stated as the verb "accuse." AT: "want to accuse someone" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md]])

proconsuls

"representatives." This refers the Roman governor's representatives who made legal decisions in court. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-unknown/01.md]])

Let them accuse one another

This does not mean Demetrius and those with him will accuse each other. It means this is a place where people in general can speak their accusation. AT: "There people can accuse one another"

But if you seek anything about other matters

"But if you have other matters to discuss"

it shall be settled in the regular assembly

This can be stated in active form. AT: "let us settle it in the regular assembly" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

the regular assembly

This refers to a public gathering of citizens over which the county clerk presided.

in danger of being accused concerning this day's riot

This can be stated in active form. AT: "in danger of the Roman authorities accusing us of starting this riot today" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 20

Acts 20:intro-0

Acts 20 General Notes

Structure and formatting

This chapter functions as a way for Paul to say goodbye to the people of Ephesus. He gives them instructions, since they will never see him again.

Special concepts in this chapter

# Race

Paul uses the image of a "race" for the Christian life. This is not to say that the Christian life is about winning or coming in first place. Instead, it is a long race that requires discipline and perseverance. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/discipline.md]])

# The leading of the Holy Spirit

Christians are to follow the leadership and guidance of the Holy Spirit in their lives.

Acts 20:1-3

the boy

This refers to Eutychus (Acts 20:09). Possible meanings are 1) he was a young man over 14 years old or 2) he was a boy between 9 and 14 years old or 3) the word "boy" implies that he was a servant or a slave.

translationWords

[[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/other/comfort.md]]

Acts 20:13-14

Connecting Statement:

The writer Luke, Paul, and his other companions continue their travels; however, Paul goes separately for part of the trip.

General Information:

Here the word "we" refers to the writer and those traveling with him, but not to the reader. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-exclusive/01.md]])

General Information:

The words "he," "himself," and "him" refer to Paul.

We ourselves went

The word "ourselves" adds emphasis and separates Luke and his traveling companions from Paul, who did not travel by boat. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rpronouns/01.md]])

sailed away to Assos

Assos is a town located directly below present day Behram in Turkey on the coast of the Aegean sea. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

he himself desired

Himself is used to emphasize that this is what Paul wanted. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rpronouns/01.md]])

to go by land

"to travel on land"

went to Mitylene

Mitylene is a town located in present day Mitilini in Turkey on the coast of the Aegean sea. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

translationWords

[[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/names/paul.md]]

Acts 20:15-16

General Information:

Here the word "we" refers to Paul, the writer, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-exclusive/01.md]])

opposite the island

"near the island" or "across from the island"

the island of Chios

Chios is an island off the coast of modern day Turkey in the Aegean Sea. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

we touched at the island of Samos

"we arrived at the island of Samos"

island of Samos

Samos is an island south of Chios in the Aegean Sea off the coast of modern day Turkey. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

the city of Miletus

Miletus was a port city in western Asia Minor near the mouth of the Meander River. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

For Paul had decided to sail past Ephesus

Paul sailed south past the port city of Ephesus, further south in order to land at Miletus. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

so that he would not spend any time

This speaks about "time" as if it were a commodity that a person could spend or use up. AT: "so that he would not have to remain for a time" or "so that he would not have a delay" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 20:17-21

Connecting Statement:

Paul calls the elders of the church of Ephesus and begins to speak to them.

General Information:

Here the word "he" refers to Paul.

General Information:

The word "our" refers to Paul and the elders to whom he is speaking. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-inclusive/01.md]])

Miletus

Miletus was a port city in western Asia Minor near the mouth of the Meander River. See how you translated this in Acts 20:15. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

You yourselves

Here "yourselves" is used for emphasis. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rpronouns/01.md]])

I set foot in Asia

Here "foot" stands for the entire person. AT: "I entered Asia" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

how I always spent my time with you

This speaks about time as if it were something that a person could spend. AT: "how I always conducted myself when I was with you" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

lowliness of mind

This speaks about something humble as if it were low to the ground. The word "mind" stands for a person's inner attitude. AT: "humility" or "humbleness" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

with tears

Here "tears" stands for feeling sad and crying. AT: "I crying as I served the Lord" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

of the Jews

This does not mean every Jew. This lets us know who plotted. AT: "of some of the Jews" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

You know how I did not keep back from declaring to you

"You know how I was never silent, but I always declared to you"

from house to house

Paul taught people in various private homes. The words "I taught" are understood. AT: "I also taught when I was in your homes" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-ellipsis/01.md]])

about repentance toward God and of faith in our Lord Jesus

The abstract nouns "repentance" and "faith" can be stated as verbs. AT: "that they need to repent before God and believe in our Lord Jesus Christ" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 20:22-24

General Information:

Here the word "I" refers to Paul.

compelled by the Spirit

They can be stated in active form. AT: "because the Spirit compels me to go there" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

not knowing what will happen to me there

"and I do not know what will happen to me there"

chains and sufferings await me

Here "chains" refers to Paul's being arrested and put in prison. AT: "people will put me in prison and cause me to suffer" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

if only I may finish the race and complete the ministry that I received from the Lord Jesus

This speaks about Paul's "race" and "ministry" as if they are objects that Jesus gives and Paul receives. Here "race" and "ministry" mean basically the same thing. Paul repeats this for emphasis. AT: "so that I may complete the work that the Lord Jesus has commanded me to do" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-doublet/01.md]])

finish the race

Paul speaks about completing the work that Jesus has commanded him to do as if he were running a race. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

to testify to the gospel of the grace of God

"to tell people the good news about God's grace." This is the ministry that Paul received from Jesus.

translationWords

Acts 20:25-27

Connecting Statement:

Paul continues to talk to the Ephesian elders. (See: Acts 20:17)

Now look, I know

"Now, pay careful attention, because I know"

I know that you all

"I know that all of you"

among whom I went about proclaiming the kingdom

Here "kingdom" stands for God's rule as king. AT: "to whom I preached the message about God's reign as king" or "to whom I preached about how God will show himself as king" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

will see my face no more

The word "face" here represents Paul's physical body. AT: "will not see me anymore on this earth" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

I am innocent of the blood of any man

Here "blood" stands for a person's death, which, in this case, is not physical death but spiritual death when God declares a person guilty of sin. Paul had told them God's truth. AT: "I am not responsible for anyone whom God judges guilty of sin because they did not trust in Jesus" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

any man

Here this means any person whether male or female. AT: "any person" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-gendernotations/01.md]])

For I did not hold back from declaring to you

"For I did not keep silent and not tell you." This can be stated in positive form. AT: "For I certainly declared to you" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-litotes/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 20:28-30

Therefore

This word marks a statement that is said because of what was said previously. In this case, it refers back to all that Paul has said so far in his speech about his leaving them.

the flock of which the Holy Spirit has made you overseers. Be careful to shepherd the church of God

Believers are likened to a "flock" of sheep here. Church leaders are entrusted by God with the care of the community of believers just as a shepherd would care for his flock of sheep and protect them from wolves. AT: "the group of believers the Holy spirit has entrusted to you. Be sure to take care of the church of God" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

the church of God, which he purchased with his own blood

The shedding of the "blood" of Christ here is likened to a payment to God for our sins. AT: "the people Christ saved from their sins by shedding his blood on the cross" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

his own blood

Here "blood" stands for Christ's death. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

vicious wolves will come in among you and will not spare the flock

This is a picture of people who teach false doctrine and who harm the community of believers as though they were wolves that eat the sheep of the flock. AT: "many enemies will come among you and try to harm the community of believers" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

in order to draw away the disciples after them

A false teacher convincing believers to start believing his false teaching is spoken of as if he were leading sheep away from the flock to follow him. AT: "in order to convince people who are disciples of Christ to become his disciples instead" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 20:31-32

be on guard. Remember

"be on guard and remember" or "be on guard as you remember"

be on guard

"be awake and alert" or "watch out." Christian leaders being alert about anyone that may harm the community of believers is spoken of as if they were guards in an army watching out for the enemy army. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

Remember that

"Continue to remember that" or "Do not forget that"

for three years I did not stop instructing ... night and day

Paul did not teach them continuously for three years, but over the space of three years. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-hyperbole/01.md]])

I did not stop instructing

"I did not stop warning"

with tears

Here "tears" refers to Paul's crying because of the strong emotion of concern he felt while he was warning the people. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

I entrust you to God and to the word of his grace

Here "word" stands for a message. AT: "I ask God to take care of you and that he will help you to keep believing the message I spoke to you about his grace" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

entrust

to give someone else the responsibility of taking care of someone or something

which is able to build you up

A person's faith becoming stronger is spoken of as if the person were a wall and someone were building him higher and stronger. AT: "which is able to make become stronger and stronger in your faith" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

to give you the inheritance

This speaks about the "word of his grace" as if it were God himself that would give the inheritance to believers. AT: "God will give you the inheritance" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-personification/01.md]])

the inheritance

The blessings that God gives believers is spoken of as if they were money or property that a child inherits from his father. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 20:33-35

Connecting Statement:

Paul finishes speaking to the elders of the church of Ephesus; he began to speak them in Acts 20:18.

I coveted no man's silver

"I did not desire someone's silver" or "I did not want for myself anyone's silver"

man's silver, gold, or clothing

Clothing was considered a treasure; the more you had, the richer you were.

You yourselves

The word "yourselves" is used here to add emphasis. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rpronouns/01.md]])

these hands served my own needs

The word "hands" here represents the entire person. AT: "I worked to earn money and pay for my own expenses" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

you should help the weak by working

"you should work so as to have money to help people who cannot earn it for themselves"

the weak

You can state this nominal adjective as an adjective. AT: "weak persons" or "those who are weak" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-nominaladj/01.md]])

weak

"sick"

the words of the Lord Jesus

Here "words" refers to what Jesus has said. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

It is more blessed to give than to receive

This means a person receives the favor of God and experiences more joy when he gives to other people rather than always receiving from other people.

translationWords

Acts 20:36-38

Connecting Statement:

Paul ends his time with the elders of the church of Ephesus by praying with them.

he knelt down and prayed

It was a common custom to kneel down while praying. It was a sign of humility before God. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-symaction/01.md]])

embraced Paul

"hugged him closely" or "put their arms around him"

kissed him

Kissing someone on the cheek is an expression of brotherly or friendly love in the Middle East.

they would never see his face again

The word "face" here represents Paul's physical body. AT: "will not see me anymore on this earth" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 21

Acts 21:intro-0

Acts 21 General Notes

Structure and formatting

It is important to recognize 21:20-26 is one long quote. The back and forth nature of this section can confuse readers.

Special concepts in this chapter

# "They are all determined to keep the law"

The Jews in Jerusalem wanted to still follow the law of Moses. Apparently, this desire or practice remained in Jerusalem longer than elsewhere. James was asking Paul for help in this matter. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/lawofmoses.md]])

# Nazarite vow

The vow made by the four men in this chapter was likely a Nazarite vow because they shaved their heads (Acts 21:23).

# Gentiles in the temple

Gentiles were only allowed in the outermost part of the temple area. The Jews accused Paul of bringing a Gentile man into an area where Gentiles were not permitted. To the Jews, this would have violated the holiness of God. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/holy.md]])

# "I am a citizen"

Men who had Roman citizenship were given many privileges. For example, they could appeal to Caesar if they were accused of a crime. Having Roman citizenship was very valuable and people would go to great lengths to attain citizenship.

Acts 21:1-2

Connecting Statement:

The writer Luke, Paul, and his companions continue their travels.

General Information:

Here the word "we" refers to Luke, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-exclusive/01.md]])

we took a straight course to the city of Cos

"we went straight to the city of Cos" or "we went directly to the city of Cos"

city of Cos

Cos is a Greek island off the coast of modern day Turkey in the South Aegean Sea region. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

city of Rhodes

Rhodes is a Greek island off the coast of modern day Turkey in the South Aegean Sea region south of Cos and northeast of Crete. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

city of Patara

Patara is a city on the southwest coast of modern day Turkey south of the Aegean Sea in the Mediterranean Sea. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

When we found a ship crossing over to Phoenicia

Here "a ship crossing over" stands for the crew that would sail the ship. AT: "When we found a ship with a crew sailing over to Phoenicia" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

a ship crossing over

Here "crossing" does not mean it was presently crossing but that it would be crossing to Phoenicia soon. AT: "a ship that would be going across the water" or "a ship that would be going"

translationWords

[[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/names/phonecia.md]]

Acts 21:3-4

General Information:

Here the word "we" refers to Luke, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-exclusive/01.md]])

leaving it on the left side of the boat

"passed the island on the left" the left is the "port" side of a boat.

where the ship was to unload its cargo

Here "ship" stands for the crew that was sailing the ship. AT: "the crew would unload the cargo from the ship" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

Through the Spirit they kept urging Paul

"These believers told Paul what the Holy Spirit had revealed to them." They "urged him over and over."

translationWords

Acts 21:5-6

General Information:

Here the word "They" refers to the believers from Tyre.

When our days there were over

This speaks about days as if they were something that a person could spend. AT: "When the seven days were over" or "When it was time to leave" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

knelt down on the beach, prayed

It was a common custom to kneel down while praying. This was a sign of humility before God. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-symaction/01.md]])

said farewell to each other

"said goodbye to one another"

translationWords

[[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/pray.md]]

Acts 21:7-9

translationWords

Acts 21:17-19

Connecting Statement:

Paul and his companions arrive in Jerusalem.

General Information:

Here the words "he" and "his" refers to Paul. The word "them" refers to the elders.

the brothers welcomed us

Here "brothers" refers to the believers in Jerusalem whether male or female. AT: "the fellow believers welcomed us" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-gendernotations/01.md]])

he reported one by one

"he gave a detailed account of all"

translationWords

Acts 21:20-21

Connecting Statement:

The elders in Jerusalem begin their response to Paul.

General Information:

Here the word "they" refers to James and the elders.

General Information:

The word "him" refers to Paul.

General Information:

The word "They" refers to Jewish believers who wanted all believing Jews to keep the Jewish laws and customs.

General Information:

The words "them" and "their" refers to Jewish people who believe in Christ.

brother

Here "brother" means "fellow believer."

They have been told about you ... not to follow the old customs

Apparently here there are some Jews that are distorting what Paul is teaching. He does not discourage the Jews from obeying the Law of Moses. His message is that circumcision and the other customs are not necessary for Jesus to save them. You can make explicit that the leaders of the Jewish believers in Jerusalem knew that Paul was teaching God's true message. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

They have been told

This can be stated in active form. AT: "People have told the Jewish believers" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

to abandon Moses

Here "Moses" stands for the law of Moses. AT: "to stop obeying the laws that Moses gave us" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

not to follow the old customs

To obey the old customs is spoken of as if the customs were leading them and the people follow behind. AT: "not to obey the old customs" or "not to practice the old customs" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

the old customs

"the customs that Jews normally do"

translationWords

Acts 21:22-24

General Information:

Here the word "we" refers to James and the elders. (See: Acts 21:18 and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-exclusive/01.md]])

General Information:

The word "They" refers to the Jewish believers in Jerusalem who wanted to teach Jewish believers that they could still follow the laws of Moses. (See: Acts 21:20-21)

General Information:

The words "them," "their," and the first "they" refer to the four men who made a vow. The second words "they" and "They" refer to the Jewish believers in Jerusalem who wanted to teach Jewish believers that they could still follow the laws of Moses.

four men who made a vow

"four men who made a promise to God." This was the kind of vow where a person would not drink alcohol or cut his hair until the end of a set period of time.

Take these men and purify yourself with them

They had to make themselves ritually pure so they could worship in the temple. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

pay their expenses for them

"pay for what they will need." The expenses would go toward buying a male and female lamb, a ram, and grain and drink offerings. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

they may shave their heads

This was a sign that the person had completed what they promised God they would do. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-symaction/01.md]])

the things they have been told about you

This can be stated in active form. AT: "the things that people are saying about you" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

follow the law

This speaks of obeying the law as if the law were a leader and the people follow behind it. AT: "obey the law" or "live a life that conforms to the law of Moses and other Jewish customs" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 21:25-26

Connecting Statement:

James and the elders in Jerusalem finish their request to Paul. (See: Acts 21:18)

General Information:

Here the word "we" refers to James and the elders. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-exclusive/01.md]])

they should keep themselves from things sacrificed to idols, from blood, from what is strangled

All of these are rules about what they can eat. They are forbidden to eat meat of animals sacrificed to an idol, meat with blood still in it, and meat from a strangled animal because it would still have blood in the meat. See how you translated similar phrases in Acts 15:20. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

they should keep themselves from things sacrificed to idols

This can be stated in active form. AT: "they stay away from the meat of an animal that someone sacrificed to an idol" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

from what is strangled

This can be stated in active form. You can also state explicitly the assumed information about strangled animals. AT: "from animals that a person has strangled" or "from animals that a person killed for food but did not drain its blood" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

took the men

These are the 4 men who made a vow.

purifying himself with them

Before entering the temple area the Jews were required to be ceremonially or ritually clean. This cleansing had to do with Jews having contact with Gentiles.

went into the temple

They did not go into the temple itself where only the high priest was allowed to enter. They entered the temple courtyard. AT: "went into the temple courtyard" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

the days of purification

This is a separate purification process from the purification process which they were required to fulfill in order to enter the temple area.

until the offering was offered

This can be stated in active form. AT: "until they presented the animals for an offering" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 21:27-29

Connecting Statement:

This begins the story of Paul's arrest.

General Information:

Verse 29 gives background information about the Jews from Asia.

the seven days

These are the seven days for purification.

in the temple

Paul was not in the temple itself. He was in the temple courtyard. AT: "in the temple courtyard" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

stirred up the whole crowd

Inciting people to become very angry at Paul is spoken of as if they stirred up the crowd's emotions. AT: "caused a large number of people to be very angry at Paul" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

laid hands on him

Here "laid hands on" means to "seize" or to "grab." See how you translated "laid hands on" in Acts 5:18. AT: "grabbed Paul" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

the people, the law, and this place

"the people of Israel, the law of Moses, and the temple"

Besides, he has also brought Greeks into the temple

Only Jewish males were allowed in certain areas of the courtyard of the Jerusalem temple. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

For they had previously ... into the temple

This is background information. Luke is explaining why the Jews from Asia thought Paul brought a Greek into the temple. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-background/01.md]])

Trophimus

This was a Greek man that they accused Paul of having brought into the inner temple area that was only for Jews. See how you translated his name in Acts 20:4.

translationWords

Acts 21:30-31

All the city was excited

The word "All" here is an exaggeration for emphasis. The word "city" represents the people in Jerusalem. AT: "Many people in the city became angry at Paul" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-hyperbole/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

laid hold of Paul

"seized Paul" or "grabbed Paul"

the doors were immediately shut

They shut the doors so that there would not be rioting in the temple area. This can be stated in active form. AT: "Some of the Jews immediately shut the temple doors" or "The temple guards immediately shut the doors" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

news came up to the chief captain of the guard

Here "news" refers to the messenger who went to speak the news. AT: "someone gave news to the chief captain of the guard" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

news came up to the chief captain

The phrase "came up to" is used because the chief captain was in a fortress connected to the temple that was higher in elevation than the temple courtyard.

the chief captain

a Roman military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers

all Jerusalem was in an uproar

The word "Jerusalem" here represents the people of Jerusalem. The word "all" is an exaggeration to show a large crowd was upset. AT: "a lot of people in Jerusalem were in an uproar" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-hyperbole/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 21:32-33

General Information:

The first word "he" and the word "He" refer to the chief captain of the guard mentioned in Acts 21:31.

ran down

From the fortress, there are stairs going down into the court.

the chief captain

a Roman military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers

laid hold of Paul

"took hold of Paul" or "arrested Paul"

commanded him to be bound

This can be stated in active form. AT: "commanded his soldiers to bind him" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

with two chains

This means they bound Paul to two Roman soldiers, one on each side of him.

he asked who he was and what he had done.

This can be stated as a direct quotation. AT: "He asked, 'Who is this man? What has he done?'" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-quotations/01.md]])

he asked who he was

The chief captain is speaking to the crowd, not to Paul.

translationWords

Acts 21:34-36

and others another

The words "were shouting" are understood from the previous phrase. AT: "and others were shouting another" or "and others in the crowd were shouting something else" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-ellipsis/01.md]])

the captain

This was a military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers.

he ordered that Paul be brought

This can be stated in active form. AT: "he ordered his soldiers to bring Paul" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

into the fortress

This fortress was connected to the outer temple court.

When he came to the steps, he was carried

This can be stated in active form. AT: "When Paul came to the steps of the fortress, the soldiers carried him" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

Away with him

The crowd is using somewhat milder and less exact language to ask for Paul's death. AT: "Put him to death" or "Kill him" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-euphemism/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 21:37-38

As Paul was about to be brought

This can be stated in active form. AT: "As the soldiers were ready to bring Paul" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

the fortress

This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in Acts 21:34.

the chief captain

a Roman military officer of about 600 soldiers

Do you speak Greek? Are you not then the Egyptian, who previously led a rebellion and led the four thousand men of the 'Assassins' out into the wilderness?

The chief captain uses these questions to express surprise that Paul is not who he thought he was. AT: "So you speak Greek. I thought you were that Egyptian who led a rebellion in the wilderness with the four thousand terrorists" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md]])

Are you not then the Egyptian

Shortly before Paul's visit, an unnamed man from Egypt had launched a revolt against Rome in Jerusalem. Later he escaped into the wilderness and the commander wonders if Paul might be the same man. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

led a rebellion

This word "rebellion" can be stated as a verb. AT: "caused people to rebel against the Roman government" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md]])

the four thousand men

"the 4,000 terrorists" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-numbers/01.md]])

Assassins

This refers to a group of Jewish rebels who killed Romans and anyone who supported Romans.

translationWords

Acts 21:39-40

Connecting Statement:

Paul begins to defend what he did.

I ask you

"I beg you" or "I plead with you"

allow me

"please allow me" or please permit me"

the captain had given him permission

The word "permission" can be stated as a verb. AT: "the captain permitted Paul to speak" or "the captain allowed Paul to speak" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md]])

Paul stood on the steps

The word "steps" here refers to the steps on the stairway to the fortress.

motioned with the hand to the people

It can be stated explicitly why Paul motioned with the hand. AT: "motioned with his hand for the people to be quiet" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

When there was a deep silence

"When the people were completely silent"

translationWords

Acts 22

Acts 22:intro-0

Acts 22 General Notes

Structure and formatting

This is the second account of Paul's conversion in the book of Acts. Because this is such an important event in the early church, there are three accounts of Paul's conversion. (See: Acts 9 and Acts 26).

Special concepts in this chapter

# "In the Hebrew language"

The Hebrew language was not commonly spoken in Israel at this time. People would have spoken Aramaic and Greek. Typically, it was the educated Jewish scholars who were able to speak Hebrew. This is why the people paid attention when Paul started speaking in Hebrew.

# "The Way"

This was a name given to the faith of the very early Christian believers.

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

# "I am Jesus"

The text does not make it explicitly clear, but this is Jesus after he was raised from the dead. He was only visible to Saul. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

# Roman citizenship

Acts 22:1-2

Connecting Statement:

Paul speaks to the Jewish crowd in Jerusalem.

General Information:

Verse 2 gives background information. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-background/01.md]])

Brothers and fathers

This is a polite way of addressing men who are Paul's age as well as the older men in the audience.

I will now make to you

"I will now explain to you" or "I will now present to you"

the Hebrew language

The Hebrew language was the language of the Jews.

translationWords

Acts 22:3-5

but educated in this city at the feet of Gamaliel

This can be stated in active form. AT: "but I was a student of rabbi Gamaliel here in Jerusalem" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

at the feet of Gamaliel

Here "feet" stands for the place where a student would sit while learning from a teacher. AT: "by Gamaliel" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

Gamaliel

Gamaliel was one of the most prominent teachers of the Jewish law. See how you translated this name in Acts 5:34.

I was instructed according to the strict ways of the law of our fathers

This can be stated in active form. AT: "He instructed me how to carefully obey every law of our forefathers" or "The instruction I received followed the exact details of the law of our forefathers" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

law of our fathers

"law of our ancestors." This refers to the law that God gave to the people of Israel through Moses.

I am zealous for God

"I am completely dedicated to obeying God" or "I am passionate about my service to God"

just as all of you are today

"in the same way all of you are today." Paul compares himself with the crowd.

I persecuted this Way

Here "this Way" represents the people who belonged to the group called "the Way." AT: "I persecuted the people who belonged to this Way" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

this Way

This was a term used to refer to Christianity. See how you translated "the Way" in Acts 9:2.

to the death

The word "death" can be translated with the verb "kill" or "die." AT: "and I looked for ways to kill them" or "and I even caused them to die" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md]])

binding up and delivering them to prison both men and women

"Deliver" here is a metaphor. "tying up both men and women and taking them to prison" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

can bear witness

"can testify" or "can tell you"

I received letters from them

"The high priests and elders gave me letters"

for the brothers in Damascus

Here "brothers" refers to "fellow Jews."

to bring them back in bonds to Jerusalem

"They ordered me to bind with chains those of the Way and bring them back to Jerusalem"

in order for them to be punished

This can be stated in active form. AT: "in order that they may receive punishment" or "in order that the Jewish authorities could punish them" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 22:6-8

Connecting Statement:

Paul describes his encounter with Jesus.

It happened that

This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.

heard a voice say to me

Here "voice" stands for the person speaking. AT: "I heard someone say to me" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 22:9-11

they did not understand the voice of him who spoke to me

Here "voice" stands for the person speaking. AT: "they did not understand what the one who spoke to me was saying" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

there you will be told

This can be stated in active form. AT: "there someone will tell you" or "there you will find out" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

I could not see because of that light's brightness

"I was left blind because of that light's brightness"

being led by the hands of those who were with me, I came into Damascus

Here "hands" stands for those leading Paul. This can be stated in active form. AT: "those with me guided me into Damascus" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 22:12-13

General Information:

The words "He" and "him" refer to Ananias.

Ananias

Though this is not the same Ananias who died earlier in Acts Acts 5:3, you may translate it the same way though as you did in Acts 5:1. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

devout man according to the law

Ananias was very serious about following God's law.

well spoken of by all the Jews who lived there

This can be stated in active form. AT: "the Jews who lived there spoke well of him" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

Brother Saul

Here "Brother" is a polite way to address someone. AT: "My friend Saul"

receive your sight

The word"sight" can be translated with the verb "see." AT: "see again" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md]])

In that very hour

This was a customary way of saying something happened immediately. AT: "At that instant" or "Instantly" or "Immediately" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 22:14-16

Connecting Statement:

Paul finishes telling what had happened to him in Damascus. He quotes what Ananias said to him. This is still part of his speech to the crowd in Jerusalem.

General Information:

The word "he" refers to Ananias. (See: Acts 22:12)

his will

"what God is planning and will cause to happen"

to hear the voice coming from his own mouth

Both "voice" and "mouth" refer to the one speaking. AT: "to hear him speak directly to you" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

to all men

Here "men" means all people whether male or female. AT: "to all people" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-gendernotations/01.md]])

Now

Here "now" does not mean "at this moment," but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.

why are you waiting?

This question was asked to exhort Paul to be baptized. AT: "Do not wait!" or "Do not delay!" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md]])

be baptized

This can be stated in active form. AT: "let me baptize you" or "receive baptism" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

wash away your sins

As washing one's body removes dirt, calling on the name of Jesus for forgiveness cleanses one's inner being from sin. AT: "ask forgiveness for your sins" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

calling on his name

Here "name" refers to the Lord. AT: "calling on the Lord" or "trusting in the Lord"

translationWords

Acts 22:17-18

Connecting Statement:

Paul begins to tell the crowd about his vision of Jesus.

it happened that

This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.

I was given a vision

This can be stated in active form. AT: "I had a vision" or "God gave me a vision" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

I saw him say to me

"I saw Jesus as he said to me"

they will not accept your testimony about me

"those who live in Jerusalem will not believe what you tell them about me"

translationWords

Acts 22:19-21

Connecting Statement:

This ends what Paul was able to say to the crowd of Jewish people by the fortress.

General Information:

Here the word "they" refers to the non-believing Jews in Jerusalem.

they themselves know

The word "themselves" is used for emphasis. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rpronouns/01.md]])

in every synagogue

Paul went to synagogues to find Jews who believed in Jesus.

the blood of Stephen your witness was spilled

Here "blood" stands for Stephen's life. To spill blood means to kill. This can be stated in active form. AT: "they killed Stephen who testified about you" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 22:22-24

General Information:

Here the words "him" and the first two words "he" refer to Paul. The word "He" and the last "he" refer to the chief captain.

Away with such a fellow from the earth

The phrase "from the earth" adds emphasis to "Away with such a fellow." AT: "Kill him"

As they were

"While they were." The phrase "As they were" is used to mark two events that are happening at the same time.

throwing off their cloaks, and throwing dust into the air

These actions show that the Jews there are outraged because they feel Paul has spoken against God. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-symaction/01.md]])

chief captain

a Roman military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers

commanded Paul to be brought

This can be stated in active form. AT: "ordered his soldiers to bring Paul" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

the fortress

This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in Acts 21:34.

He ordered that he should be questioned with scourging

The commander wants Paul tortured by whipping him to ensure he tells the truth. This can be stated in active form. AT: "He ordered his soldiers to whip Paul to force him to tell the truth" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

that he himself

The word "himself" is used for emphasis. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rpronouns/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 22:25-26

General Information:

Here the word "they" refers to the soldiers.

the thongs

These were strips of leather or animal hide.

Is it lawful for you to scourge a man who is a Roman and who has not been put on trial?

Paul uses this question to make the centurion check the validity of having his soldiers whip Paul. AT: "It is not lawful for you to whip a man who is a Roman and who was not given his legal right to a trial!" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md]])

What are you about to do?

This question is used to urge the commander to reconsider his plan to whip Paul. AT: "You should not do this!" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 22:27-29

General Information:

Here the word "him" refers to Paul.

The chief captain came

Here "came" can be translated as "went." (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-go/01.md]])

It was only with a large amount of money

"It was only after I paid a lot of money to the Roman authorities." The captain makes this statement because he knows how hard it is to become a Roman citizen, and he suspects Paul is not telling truth.

I acquired citizenship

"I got citizenship." The word "citizenship" is an abstract noun. AT: "I became a citizen" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md]])

I was born a Roman citizen

If the father is a Roman citizen, then his children become Roman citizens automatically when they are born.

the men who were going to question

"the men who planned to question" or "the men who were preparing to question"

translationWords

Acts 22:30

General Information:

Here the word "he" refers to the chief captain.

chief captain

a military officer of about 600 soldiers

So he untied his bonds

Possibly the "chief officer" stands for the chief officers' soldiers. AT: "So the chief captain ordered his soldiers to untie Paul's bonds" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

he brought Paul down

From the fortress, there is a stairway going down to the temple courts.

translationWords

Acts 23

Acts 23:intro-0

Acts 23 General Notes

Structure and formatting

Some translations indent quotations from the Old Testament. The ULB does this with the quoted material in 23:5.

Special concepts in this chapter

# "Whitewashed"

This is a common metaphor in Scripture for those who appear righteous but are not. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/righteous.md]])

# Resurrection of the dead

The Pharisees believed that, after death, people would be risen from the dead for punishment or reward. The Sadducees did not share this belief. They only trusted in the physical world. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/other/raise.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/other/reward.md]])

Important figures of speech in this chapter

# "Called a curse"

Some Jews made a promise to God that they would not eat or drink until they killed Paul, and asked God to curse them if they did not follow their promise. This is not something that would have pleased God, and they were clearly wrong for doing this. It is ironic that they used a holy vow in such an unholy way. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/curse.md]], [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-irony/01.md]], [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/holy.md]], [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/vow.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/unholy.md]])

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

# Roman citizenship

Acts 23:1-3

Connecting Statement:

Paul stands before the chief priests and the council members. (See: Acts 22:30)

Brothers

Here this means "Fellow Jews."

I have lived before God in all good conscience until this day

"I know that even to this day I have done what God has wanted me to do"

Ananias

This is the name of a man. Though this is the same name, this not the same Ananias as in Acts 5:1 nor the same Ananias as in Acts 9:10. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

whitewashed wall

This refers to a wall that was painted white to make it look clean. Paul told Ananias that just as a wall can be painted to look clean so Ananias appeared to look morally clean, but he was really full of evil intent. AT: "whitepainted wall" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

Are you sitting to judge ... against the law?

Paul uses a question to point out Ananias' hypocrisy. AT: "You sit there to judge ... against the law." (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md]])

order me to be struck

This can be stated in active form. You can use the same word for "strike" as you did in the phrase "God will strike you." AT: "command people to strike me" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 23:4-5

Is this how you insult God's high priest?

The men use this question to scold Paul for what he has said in Acts 23:03. AT: "Do not insult God's high priest!" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md]])

For it is written

Paul is about to quote what Moses wrote in the law. This can be stated in active form. AT: "For Moses wrote in the law" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 23:6-8

Brothers

Here "Brothers" means "Fellow Jews"

a son of Pharisees

Here "son" means he is the literal son of a Pharisee and also the descendant of Pharisees. AT: "and my father and forefathers were Pharisees"

the resurrection of the dead that I

The word "resurrection" can be stated as "come back to life." The word "dead" can be stated as "those who have died." AT: "those who have died will come back to life, I" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-nominaladj/01.md]])

I am being judged

This can be stated in active form. AT: "you are judging me" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

the crowd was divided

"the people in the crowd strongly disagreed with one another"

For the Sadducees ... but the Pharisees

This is background information about the Sadducees and Pharisees. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-background/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 23:9-10

So a large uproar occurred

"So they began shouting loudly at one another." The word "so" marks an event that happened because of something else that happened previously. In this case, the previous event is Paul's stating his belief in the resurrection.

What if a spirit or an angel has spoken to him?

The Pharisees are rebuking the Sadducees by affirming that spirits and angels do exist and can speak to people. AT: "Maybe a spirit or an angel has spoken with him!" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-hypo/01.md]])

When there arose a great argument

The words "a great argument" can be re-stated as "argue violently." AT: "When they began to argue violently" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md]])

chief captain

a Roman military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers

Paul would be torn to pieces by them

This can be stated in active form. The phrase "be torn to pieces" might be an exaggeration of how the people might harm Paul. AT: "they might tear Paul to pieces" or "they would cause Paul great physical harm" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-hyperbole/01.md]])

take him by force

"use physical force to take him away"

into the fortress

This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in Acts 21:34.

translationWords

Acts 23:11

The following night

This means the night after the day Paul went before the council. AT: "That night"

bear witness in Rome

The words "about me" are understood. AT: "bear witness about me in Rome" or "testify about me in Rome" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-ellipsis/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 23:12-13

Connecting Statement:

While Paul was in the prison at the fortress, the disbelieving religious Jews vow to kill him.

formed a conspiracy

"organized a group with a shared purpose" here, to kill Paul.

called a curse down upon themselves with an oath

The noun "curse" can be translated as a verb. It can also be made explicit what would cause them to be cursed. AT: "asked God to curse them if they did not do what they promised" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

forty men

"40 men" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-numbers/01.md]])

who formed this conspiracy

"who made this plan" or "who planned to kill Paul"

translationWords

Acts 23:14-15

General Information:

Here the word "They" refers to the forty Jews in Acts 23:13.

General Information:

Here "you" is plural and refers to the chief priests and elders. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-you/01.md]])

he commanded him to be kept

This can be stated in active form. AT: "he commanded soldiers to keep him" or "commanded soldiers to restrain him"

translationWords

Acts 24

Acts 24:intro-0

Acts 24 General Notes

Structure and formatting

This chapter functions as a type of legal defense of Paul's actions. He lays out the facts and refutes the charges brought against him.

Special concepts in this chapter

# Respect

The Jewish leaders showed great respect to the Gentile leaders but show no respect to Paul, a Jewish leader.

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

# Governmental leaders

This narrative contains many different government officials with different levels of power or influence over the charges brought against Paul. Translating the various titles will be difficult to correspond to the translator's cultural background.

# Implicit Information

The statement, "Go away for the present, but when I have time again, I will call you" implies the governor was too busy to make a decision about the case against Paul. The reader should understand that this is a weak excuse. The author explains that the governor hoped Paul was wealthy and could bribe his way out of prison. It took the governor two years to decide the outcome of the charges against Paul. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

This is a smaller group of people within a larger group group. Tertullus considers the Christians to be a small group within Judaism.

translationWords

Acts 24:7-9

Connecting Statement:

Tertullus finishes presenting the charges against Paul before Governor Felix.

General Information:

Here the word "you" is singular and refers to Governor Felix. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-you/01.md]])

to learn about these charges we are bringing against him

"to learn whether or not these charges that we bring against him are true" or "to learn whether or not he is guilty of the things we accuse him of"

The Jews

This refers to the Jewish leaders who were there at Paul's trial. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 24:10-13

Connecting Statement:

Paul responds to Governor Felix about the charges brought against him.

General Information:

Here the word "they" refers to the Jews who were accusing Paul.

the governor motioned

"the governor gestured"

a judge to this nation

Here "nation" refers to the people of the Jewish nation. AT: "a judge for the people of the Jewish nation" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

explain myself

"explain my situation"

twelve days since

"12 days since" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-numbers/01.md]])

I did not stir up a crowd

"Stir up" here is a metaphor for agitating people into unrest, just as stirring a liquid agitates it. AT: "I did not provoke the crowd" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

the accusations

"the blames for wrongdoings" or "the charges for crimes"

translationWords

Acts 24:14-16

I admit this to you

"I acknowledge this to you" or "I confess this to you"

that according to the Way

The phrase "the Way" was a title used for Christianity during Paul's time.

they call a sect

This is a smaller group of people within a larger group group. Tertullus considers the Christians to be a small group within Judaism. See how you translated "sect" in Acts 24:5.

in that same way I serve the God of our fathers

Paul uses the phrase "in that same way" to mean that he, as a believer in Jesus, serves God the same way as their Jewish ancestors did. He is not leading a "sect" or teaching something new that is opposed to their ancient religion.

as these men

"as these men have." Here "these men" refers to the Jews who are accusing Paul in court.

that there will be a resurrection of both the righteous and the wicked

The abstract noun "resurrection" can be stated with the verb "resurrect." AT: "that God will resurrect all who have died, both the righteous and the unrighteous" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md]])

the righteous and the wicked

These nominal adjectives refer to righteous people and wicked people. AT "righteous people and wicked people" or "those who have done what is right and those who have done what is evil" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-nominaladj/01.md]])

I always strive

"I always work hard" or "I do my best"

to have a clear conscience before God

Here "conscience" refers to a person's inner morality that chooses between right and wrong. AT: "to be blameless" or "to always do what is right" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

before God

"in the presence of God"

translationWords

Acts 24:17-19

Now

This word marks a shift in Paul's argument. Here he explains the situation in Jerusalem when some of the Jews arrested him.

after many years

"after many years away from Jerusalem"

I came to bring help to my nation and gifts of money

Here "I came" can be translated as "I went." AT: "I went to help my people by bringing them money as a gift" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-go/01.md]])

in a purification ceremony in the temple

"in the temple after I had finished a ceremony to purify myself"

not with a crowd or an uproar

This can be stated as a separate new sentence. AT: "I had not gathered a crowd nor was I trying to start a riot" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

These men

"The Jews from Asia"

if they have anything

"if they have anything to say"

translationWords

Acts 24:20-21

Connecting Statement:

Paul finishes responding to Governor Felix about the charges brought against him.

these same men

This refers to the members of the council who were present in Jerusalem at Paul's trial.

should say what wrong they found in me

"should say the wrong thing I did that they were able to prove"

It is concerning the resurrection of those who have died

The abstract noun "resurrection" can be stated as "God brings back to life." AT: "It is because I believe that God will bring back to life those who have died" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-nominaladj/01.md]])

I am on trial before you today

This can be stated in active form. AT: "you are judging me today" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 24:22-23

General Information:

Felix is the Roman governor of the area who resides at Caesarea. See how you translated this name in Acts 23:24. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

the Way

This is a title for Christianity. See how you translated this in Acts 9:2.

When Lysias the commander comes down

"when Lysias the commander comes down" or "at the time Lysias the commander comes down"

Lysias

This is the name of the chief captain. See how you translated this name in Acts 23:26.

comes down from Jerusalem

Jerusalem was higher than Caesarea so it was normal for them to speak of coming down from Jerusalem.

I will decide your case

"I will make a decision concerning these accusations against you" or "I will judge whether you are guilty"

have some freedom

"grant Paul some freedom not otherwise granted to prisoners"

translationWords

Acts 24:24-25

After some days

"After several days"

Drusilla his wife

Drusilla is a woman's name. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

a Jewess

This means a female Jew. AT: "who was a Jew" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

Felix became frightened

Felix may have felt conviction of his sins.

for now

"for the present time"

translationWords

Acts 24:26-27

Paul to give money to him

Felix was hoping Paul would offer him a bribe to set him free.

so he often sent for him and spoke with him

"so Felix often sent for Paul and spoke with Paul"

Porcius Festus

This was the new roman Governor who replaced Felix. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

wanted to gain favor with the Jews

Here "the Jews" refers to the Jewish leaders. AT: "wanted the Jewish leaders to like him" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

he left Paul to continue under guard

"he left Paul in prison"

translationWords

Acts 25

Acts 25:intro-0

Acts 25 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

# Favor

It was highly unusual for the Jewish leaders to try to get a favor from the Roman officials. They often viewed the Gentile leaders as evil. The governor, though, wanted peace with the Jews, so he sought to gain favor with the Jewish leaders. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/favor.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/evil.md]])

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

# Roman citizenship

Acts 25:1-3

Connecting Statement:

Paul continues to be a prisoner in Caesarea.

General Information:

Festus becomes the governor of Caesarea. See how you translated this name in Acts 24:27.

Now

This word marks the beginning of a new event in the story.

Festus entered the province

Possible meanings are 1) Festus arrived in the area to begin his rule or 2) Festus simply arrived in the area.

he went from Caesarea up to Jerusalem

The phrase "went up" is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than Caesarea.

The chief priest and the prominent Jews brought accusations against Paul

This speaks about accusations as if they were an object that a person could bring to someone else. AT: "The chief priest and the important Jews accused Paul to Festus" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

they urged him and asked him for a favor

Here the word "him" refers to Festus.

that Festus might summon Paul to Jerusalem

This means that Festus would order his soldiers to bring Paul to Jerusalem. AT: "that he might order his soldiers to bring Paul to Jerusalem"

so that they could kill him along the way

They were going to ambush Paul.

translationWords

Acts 25:4-5

General Information:

Here the word "us" refers to Festus and the Romans traveling with him, but not to his audience. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-exclusive/01.md]])

But Festus answered that Paul was a prisoner in Caesarea, and that he himself was soon to return there.

This can be stated as a direct quotation. AT: "But Festus said, 'Paul is a prisoner in Caesarea, and I myself will soon return there.'" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-quotations/01.md]])

"Therefore, those who can," he said, "should go there with us

The phrase "he said" can be moved to the beginning of the sentence. AT: "Then he said, 'Therefore, those who are able to go to Caesarea should go there with us" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-quotations/01.md]])

If there is something wrong with the man

"If Paul has done something wrong"

you should accuse him

"you should accuse him of violating laws" or "you should bring charges against him"

translationWords

Acts 25:6-8

General Information:

Here the first three times the word "he" is used as well as the word "him," the words refer to Festus. The fourth word "he" refers to Paul.

General Information:

The word "they" refers to the Jews who came from Jerusalem.

down to Caesarea

Jerusalem is higher geographically than Caesarea. It was common to speak of coming down from Jerusalem.

sat in the judgment seat

Here "judgment seat" refers to Festus' ruling as judge over Paul's trial. AT: "sat upon the seat where he acted as judge" or "he sat down as judge" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

Paul to be brought to him

This can be stated in active form. AT: "his soldiers bring Paul to him" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

When he arrived

"When he came and stood before Festus"

they brought many serious charges

Charging a person with a crime is spoken of as if it were an object that a person could bring to court. AT: "they spoke against Paul many serious things" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

against the temple

Paul says he did not break any rules about who could enter the Jerusalem temple. AT: "against the entry rules of the temple" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 25:9-10

Connecting Statement:

Paul asks to be taken before Caesar for judgment.

wanted to gain the favor of the Jews

Here "the Jews" means the Jewish leaders. AT: "wanted to please the Jewish leaders" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

to go up to Jerusalem

Jerusalem was higher geographically than Caesarea. It was common to speak of going up to Jerusalem.

and to be judged by me about these things there

This can be stated in active form. AT: "where I will judge you with regard to these charges" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

I stand before the judgment seat of Caesar where I must be judged

The "judgment seat" refers to Caesar's authority to judge Paul. This can be stated in active form. AT: "I ask to go before Caesar, so he can judge me" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 25:11-12

Though if I have done wrong ... no one may hand me over to them

Paul is stating a hypothetical situation. If he were guilty, he would accept the punishment, but he knows that he is not guilty. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-hypo/01.md]])

if I have done what is worthy of death

"if I have done some wrong that deserves the death penalty"

if their accusations are nothing

"if the charges against me are not true"

no one may hand me over to them

Possible meanings are 1) Festus does not have the legal authority to hand Paul over to these false accusers or 2) Paul was saying that if he has done nothing wrong, the governor should not give into the request of the Jews.

I appeal to Caesar

"I ask that I go before Caesar so he can judge me"

with the council

This is not the Sanhedrin that is referred to as "council" throughout Acts. This is a political council in the Roman government. AT: "with his own government advisors"

translationWords

Acts 25:13-16

Connecting Statement:

Festus explains Paul's case to King Agrippa.

General Information:

King Agrippa and Bernice are new people in the story. Though he ruled over only a few territories, King Agrippa is the current reigning king in Palestine. Bernice is Agrippa's sister.(See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-participants/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

Now

This word marks the beginning of a new event in the story.

to pay an official visit to Festus

"to visit Festus concerning official matters"

A certain man was left behind here by Felix as a prisoner

This can be stated in active form. AT: "When Felix left office, he left a man in prison here" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

Felix

Felix was the Roman governor of the area who resided in Caesarea. See how you translated this name in Acts 23:24.

brought charges against this man

"Faced his accusers" here is a metaphor: meaning to meet his accusers in person. AT: "met with his accusers in person" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

they asked for a sentence of condemnation against him

The abstract nouns "sentence" and "condemnation" can be expressed as verbs. The phrase "a sentence of condemnation" implies that they were requesting that Paul be executed. AT: "they asked me to sentence him to death" or "they asked me to condemn him to death" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

to hand over anyone

Here "hand over" represents sending someone to people who will punish or kill him. AT: "let someone punish anyone" or "to condemn anyone to death" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

before the accused had faced his accusers

Here "faced his accusers" represents meeting with the people who accuse him. AT: "before the person others have accused of a crime had met directly with those who accused him" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 25:17-20

Therefore

This word marks a statement because of what was said previously. In this case, Fetus had just said that an accused man should be able to face his accusers and make his defense.

when they came together here

"when the Jewish leaders came to meet with me here"

I sat in the judgment seat

Here "judgment seat" refers to Festus ruling over Paul's trial as judge. AT: "I sat upon the seat to act as judge" or "I sat down as judge" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

I ordered the man to be brought in

This can be stated in active form. AT: "I ordered the soldiers to bring Paul before me" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

their own religion

Here "religion" means the belief system people have toward life and the supernatural.

to stand trial there about these charges

To "stand trial" is an idiom meaning to speak to a judge so the judge can decide if a person is right or wrong. AT: "to go to trial about these charges" or "for a judge to decide if these charges against him are true or not" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 25:21-22

Connecting Statement:

Festus finishes explaining Paul's case to King Agrippa.

But when Paul appealed to be kept in custody while awaiting the decision of the emperor

This can be stated in active form. AT: "But when Paul insisted that he stay under Roman guard until the time when the emperor could decide his case" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

I ordered him to be held in custody

This can be stated in active form. AT: "I ordered the soldiers to keep him in custody" or "I told the soldiers to guard him" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

"Tomorrow," Festus said, "you will hear him."

The phrase "Festus said" can be moved to the beginning of the sentence. AT: "Festus said, 'I will arrange for you to listen to Paul tomorrow.'" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-quotations/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 25:23-24

Connecting Statement:

Festus again gives information about Paul's case to King Agrippa.

General Information:

Though he ruled over only a few territories, Agrippa was the current reigning king in Palestine. Bernice was his sister. See how you translated these names in Acts 25:13.

with much ceremony

"with a great ceremony to honor them"

the hall

This was a large room where people gathered for ceremonies, trials, and other events.

Paul was brought to them

This can be stated in active form. AT: "the soldiers brought Paul to appear before them" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

all the multitude of Jews

The word "all" is an exaggeration used to emphasize that a great number of Jews wanted Paul to die. AT: "a great number of the Jews" or "many of the Jewish leaders" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-hyperbole/01.md]])

they shouted to me

"they spoke very strongly to me"

he should no longer live

This statement is made in the negative to emphasize the positive equivalent. AT: "he should die immediately" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-litotes/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 25:25-27

General Information:

Here the first "you" is plural; the second "you" is singular. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-you/01.md]])

because he appealed to the emperor

"because he said that he wanted the emperor to judge him"

the emperor

The emperor was the ruler of the Roman empire. He ruled over many countries and provinces.

I have brought him to you, especially to you, King Agrippa

"I have brought Paul to all of you, but especially to you, King Agrippa."

so that I might have something more to write

"so that I will have something else to write" or "so that I will know what I should write"

it seems unreasonable for me to send a prisoner and to not also state

The negative words "unreasonable" and "to not" can be stated in positive form. AT: "it seems reasonable to me that if I send a prisoner then I should also state" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-doublenegatives/01.md]])

the charges against him

Possible meanings are 1) the accusations that the Jewish leaders have brought against him or 2) the charges under Roman law that apply to Paul's case.

translationWords

Acts 26

Acts 26:intro-0

Acts 26 General Notes

Structure and formatting

This is the third account of Paul's conversion in the book of Acts. Because this is such an important event in the early church, there are three accounts of Paul's conversion. (See: Acts 9 and Acts 22)

This chapter functions as a type of legal defense of Paul's actions. He lays out the facts and refutes the charges brought against him.

Special concepts in this chapter

# Light and Darkness

These are common images in the New Testament. Light is used here to indicate the revelation of God and his righteousness. Darkness describes sin and sin seeks to remain hidden from God. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/other/light.md]], [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/righteous.md]], [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/other/darkness.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/sin.md]])

Important figures of speech in this chapter

# "I am Jesus"

The text does not make it explicitly clear, but this is Jesus in physical form, after he was raised from the dead. He was only visible to Saul. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/other/raise.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

Acts 26:1-3

Connecting Statement:

Festus has brought Paul before King Agrippa. In verse 2, Paul gives his defense to King Agrippa.

Agrippa

Agrippa was the current reigning king in Palestine, though he ruled over only a few territories. See how you translated this name in Acts 25:13.

stretched out his hand

"held out his hand" or "gestured with his hand"

made his defense

The abstract noun "defense" can be stated as a verb. AT: "began to defend himself against those who were accusing him" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md]])

I regard myself as happy

Paul was happy because he considered his appearance before Agrippa to be an opportunity to speak about the gospel.

to make my case

This phrase means to describe one's situation, so that those in court can discuss and make a decision about it. AT: "to defend myself"

against all the accusations of the Jews

The abstract noun "accusations" can be stated as the verb "accuse." AT: "against all the Jews who are accusing me" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md]])

the Jews

This does not mean all the Jews. AT: "the Jewish leaders" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

questions

You can make explicit what kinds of questions this means. AT: "questions about religious matters" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 26:4-5

all the Jews

This is a generalization. Possible meanings are 1) this refers to Jews in general who knew about Paul. AT: "the Jews" or 2) this refers to Pharisees who knew Paul. AT: "the Jewish leaders" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-hyperbole/01.md]])

in my own nation

Possible meanings are 1) among his own people, not necessarily in the geographical land of Israel or 2) in the land of Israel.

the strictest party of our religion

"a group within Judaism who live by very strict rules"

translationWords

Acts 26:6-8

General Information:

Here "you" is plural and refers to the people who were listening to Paul. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-you/01.md]])

Now

This word marks a shift from Paul discussing his past to talking about himself in the present.

I stand here to be judged

This can be stated in active form. AT: "I am here, where they are putting me on trial" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

of my certain hope in the promise made by God to our fathers

This speaks about a promise as if it were something a person could look for and see. AT: "I am waiting expectantly for God to do what he promised our forefathers he would do" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

For this is the promise that our twelve tribes sought to receive

The phrase "our twelve tribes" stands for the people in those tribes. AT: "This is also what our fellow Jews in the twelve tribes were waiting for" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

the promise ... sought to receive

This speaks about a promise as if it were an object that can be received. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

worshiped God night and day

The extremes "night" and "day" mean they "worshiped God continually." (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-merism/01.md]])

that the Jews

This does not mean all the Jews. AT: "that the leaders of the Jews" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

Why should any of you think it is unbelievable that God raises the dead?

Paul uses a question to challenge the Jews present. They believe God can raise the dead but do not think God brought Jesus back to life. This can be expressed as a statement. "Raises the dead" here is an idiom for "gives life to dead people." AT: "You do not think it is beyond reason that God can bring a dead person back to life, do you?" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 26:9-11

At one time

Paul uses this phrase to mark another shift in his defense. He is now accounting how he used to persecute the saints.

against the name of Jesus

The word "name" here stands for Jesus himself. AT: "to stop people from believing in Jesus" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

when they were killed, I cast my vote against them

The phrase "were killed" can be stated in active form. AT: "I voted in agreement with the other Jewish leaders to condemn believers to die" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

I punished them many times

Possible meanings are 1) Paul punished some believers many times or 2) Paul punished many different believers.

translationWords

Acts 26:12-14

Connecting Statement:

While talking to King Agrippa, Paul tells about when the Lord spoke with him.

While I was doing this

Paul uses this phrase to mark another shift in his defense. He is now telling about when he saw Jesus and became his disciple.

While

This word is used to mark two events that are happening at the same time. In this case, Paul went to Damascus during the time when he persecuted Christians.

with authority and orders

Paul had written letters from the Jewish leaders, granting him authority to persecute the Jewish believers.

I heard a voice speaking to me that said

Here "voice" stands for the person speaking. AT: "I heard someone speaking to me who said" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

It is hard for you to kick a goad

For Paul to resist Jesus and to persecute believers is spoken of as if he were an ox kicking at the sharp stick that a person uses to prod (or "goad") the animal. It means that Paul is only harming himself. AT: "You will only harm yourself like an ox kicking a goad" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 26:15-18

Connecting Statement:

Paul continues giving his defense to King Agrippa. In these verses he continues quoting his conversation with the Lord.

to open their eyes

Helping people to understand the truth is spoken of as if a person were literally helping someone to open his eyes. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

to turn them from darkness to light

Helping someone to stop doing what is evil and to start trusting and obeying God is spoken of as if the person is literally leading someone out of a dark place into a place of light. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

to turn them ... from the power of Satan to God

Helping someone to stop obeying Satan and to start obeying God is spoken of as if a person were literally turning a person and taking them from the place where Satan rules and leading him to the place where God rules. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

they may receive from God the forgiveness of sins

The abstract noun "forgiveness" can be stated as the verb "forgive." AT: "God may forgive their sins" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md]])

the inheritance that I give

The abstract noun "inheritance" may be stated as the verb "inherit." AT: "they may inherit that which I give" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md]])

the inheritance

The blessings that Jesus gives to those who believe in him are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that children receive from their father. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

sanctified by faith in me

Jesus choosing some people to belong to him is spoken of as if he literally set them apart from other people. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

by faith in me

"because they believe in me." Here Paul finishes quoting the Lord.

translationWords

Acts 26:19-21

Therefore

This word marks a statement because of what was said previously. In this case, Paul had just explained what the Lord had commanded him in his vision.

I did not disobey

This can be stated in positive form. AT: "I obeyed" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-doublenegatives/01.md]])

the heavenly vision

This refers to what the person in the vision told Paul. AT: "what the person from heaven told me in the vision" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

turn to God

To start trusting God is spoken of as if a person turns to start walking toward God. AT: "trust in God" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

doing deeds worthy of repentance

The abstract noun "repentance" can be stated as the verb "repented." AT: "and start doing good deeds to show they truly have repented" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md]])

the Jews

This does not mean all of the Jews. AT: "some Jews" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 26:22-23

Connecting Statement:

Paul finishes giving his defense to King Agrippa.

about nothing more than what

This can be stated in positive form. AT: "about the exact thing that"

what the prophets

Paul is referring to the collective writings of the Old Testament prophets.

that Christ must suffer

You can make explicit that Christ must also die. AT: "that Christ must suffer and die" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

to rise

to come back to life

from the dead

The phrase "the dead" refers to the spirits of people who have died. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again.

he would proclaim light

"he would proclaim the message about the light." To tell people about how God saves people is spoken of as if a person were speaking about the light. AT: "he would proclaim the message about how God saves people" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 26:24-26

Connecting Statement:

Paul and King Agrippa continue to talk together.

you are insane

"you are speaking nonsense" or "you are crazy"

your great learning makes you insane

"you have learned so much that you are now crazy"

I am not insane ... but

This can be stated in positive form. AT: "I am sane ... and" or "I am able to think well ... and" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-doublenegatives/01.md]])

most excellent Festus

"Festus, who deserves highest honors"

For the king ... to him ... from him

Paul is still speaking to King Agrippa, but he is referring to him in the third person. AT: "For you ... to you ... from you" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-123person/01.md]])

I speak freely

Paul was not afraid to speak to the king about Christ. AT: "I speak boldly"

I am persuaded

This can be stated in active form. AT: "I am sure" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

that none of this is hidden from him

This can be stated in active and positive form. AT: "that he is aware of this" or "that you are aware of this" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-litotes/01.md]])

has not been done in a corner

This can be stated in active form. AT: "has not happened in a corner" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

in a corner

This means doing something in secret as if a person went and did something in the corner of a room where no one can see him. AT: "in a dark place" or "in secret" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 26:27-29

Do you believe the prophets, King Agrippa?

Paul asks this question to remind Agrippa that Agrippa already believes what the prophets said about Jesus. This can be expressed as a statement. AT: "You already believe what the Jewish prophets said, King Agrippa." (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md]])

In a short time would you persuade me and make me a Christian?

Agrippa asks this question to show Paul that he cannot convince Agrippa so easily without more proof. This can be expressed as a statement. AT: "Surely you do not think you can convince me so easily to believe in Jesus!" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md]])

but without these prison chains

Here "prison chains" stands for being a prisoner. AT: "but, of course, I do no want you to be a prisoner like I am" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 26:30-32

Connecting Statement:

This ends Paul's time before King Agrippa.

General Information:

Bernice was the sister of King Agrippa. (See: Acts 25:13)

Then the king stood up, and the governor

"Then King Agrippa stood up, and Governor Festus"

the hall

This is a large room for ceremonies, trials, and other events.

This man does nothing worthy of death or of bonds

The abstract noun "death" can be stated as the verb "die." Here "bonds" stands for being in prison. AT: "This man does not deserve to die or to be in prison" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

This man could have been freed

This can be stated in active form. AT: "This man could have gone free" or "I could have freed this man" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 27

Acts 27:intro-0

Acts 27 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

# Sailing

In the ancient Near East, people traveled by boat powered by the wind. During different seasons, it was impossible to travel because the seas were too rough or the wind was blowing in the wrong direction.

# Trust

This chapter involves the concept of trust. Paul's trust of God was very great. In turn, he told the sailers and soldiers to trust that God would preserve them along with Paul. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/trust.md]])

# Bread

The author uses the imagery of bread in this chapter. Bread's significance can be traced back to the daily provision God provided to Israel in the desert for 40 years and the events of Passover. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/kt/passover.md]])

Acts 27:1-2

Connecting Statement:

Paul, as a prisoner, begins his journey to Rome.

General Information:

The word "we" includes the author of Acts, Paul, and the others traveling with Paul, but not the reader. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-exclusive/01.md]])

General Information:

Adramyttium was a city possibly located on the west coast of modern-day Turkey. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

When it was decided

This can be stated in active form. AT: "When the king and the governor decided" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

sail for Italy

Italy is the name of the province Rome was in. See how you translated "Italy" in Acts 18:2.

they put Paul and some other prisoners under the charge of a centurion named Julius of the Imperial Regiment

"they put a centurion named Julius, of the Imperial Regiment, in charge of Paul and some other prisoners"

they put Paul and some other prisoners

Possible meanings are that 1) "they" refers to the governor and the king or 2) "they" refers to other Roman officials.

a centurion named Julius

Julius is a man's name. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

the Imperial Regiment

This was the name of the battalion or army from which the centurion came. Some versions translate this as "the Augustan Regiment." (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

We boarded a ship ... which was about to sail

Here "ship ... which was about to sail" stands for the crew that will sail the ship. AT: "We boarded a ship ... which a crew was about to sail" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

a ship from Adramyttium

Possible meanings are 1) a ship that had come from Adramyttium or 2) a ship that was registered or licensed in Adramyttium.

about to sail

"soon going to sail" or "would depart soon"

went to sea

"began our journey on the sea"

Aristarchus

Aristarchus came from Macedonia but had been working with Paul in Ephesus. See how you translated his name in Acts 19:29.

translationWords

Acts 27:3-6

General Information:

Here the word "we" refers to the writer, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-exclusive/01.md]])

Julius treated Paul kindly

"Julius treated Paul with a friendly concern." See how you translated "Julius" in Acts 27:1.

go to his friends to receive their care

The abstract noun "care" can be stated as a verb. AT: "go to his friends so they could care for him" or "go to his friends so they could help him with whatever he needed" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md]])

we went to sea and sailed

"we started sailing and went"

sailed under the lee of Cyprus, close to the island

"the lee of Cyprus" is the side of that island that blocks the strong wind, so sailing vessels are not forced off their course.

Pamphylia

This was a province in Asia Minor. See how you translated this in Acts 2:10.

we landed at Myra, a city of Lycia

You can make explicit that they got off of the ship in Myra. AT: "came to Myra, a city of Lycia, where we got off the ship" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

landed at Myra

Myra is the name of a city. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

a city of Lycia

Lycia was a Roman province, located on the southwestern coast of modern-day Turkey. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

found a ship from Alexandria that was going to sail to Italy

It is implied that a crew would sail the ship to Italy. AT: "found a ship that a crew had sailed from Alexandria and was about to sail to Italy" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

Alexandria

This is the name of a city. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 27:7-8

When we had sailed slowly ... finally arrived with difficulty

You can make explicit that the reason they were sailing slowly and with difficulty was because the wind was blowing against them. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

near Cnidus

This is an ancient settlement located in modern-day Turkey. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

the wind no longer allowed us to go that way

"we could no longer go that way because of the strong wind"

so we sailed along the sheltered side of Crete

"so we sailed along the side of Crete where there was less wind"

opposite Salmone

This is a coastal city in Crete. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

We sailed along the coast with difficulty

You can make explicit that even though the winds were not as strong as before, they were still strong enough to make sailing difficult. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

Fair Havens

This was a port near Lasea, located on the south coast of Crete. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

near the city of Lasea

This is a coastal city in Crete. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

translationWords

[[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/names/crete.md]]

Acts 27:9-11

We had now taken much time

Because of the direction the wind was blowing, the journey from Caesarea to Fair Havens had taken more time than planned.

We had now taken

The writer includes himself, Paul, and those who were traveling with them, but not the reader. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-exclusive/01.md]])

the time of the Jewish fast also had passed, and it had now become dangerous to sail

This fast took place on the Day of Atonement, which was usually either in the last part of September or the first part of October according to Western calendars. After this time, there was a higher risk of seasonal storms.

I see that the voyage we are about to take will be with injury and much loss

"if we travel now, we will suffer much injury and loss"

we are about to take ... our lives

Paul includes himself and his hearers, so this is inclusive. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-inclusive/01.md]])

loss, not only of the cargo and the ship, but also of our lives

Here "loss" means destruction when referring to things and death when referring to people.

not only of the cargo and the ship

Cargo is something that a person transports from one place to another by boat. AT: "not only the ship and the goods on the ship"

that were spoken by Paul

This can be stated in active form. AT: "that Paul said" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 27:12-13

harbor was not easy to spend the winter in

You can make explicit why it was not easy to stay in the harbor. AT: "harbor did not sufficiently protect docked ships during winter storms" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

harbor

a place near land that is usually safe for ships

city of Phoenix

Phoenix is a city port on the south coast of Crete. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

to spend the winter there

This speaks about the season of winter as if it were a commodity that someone can spend. AT: "to stay there for the cold season" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

it faces northeast and southeast

Some versions say "it faces northwest and southwest." The sailors wanted to go to a place where they would be safe from the wind. The "face" of a harbor is a metaphor, like the "mouth" of a harbor, or the entrance of the harbor. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

northeast and southeast

These directions are based on the rising and setting sun. Northeast is a little to the left of the rising sun. Southeast is a little to the right of the rising sun.

weighed anchor

Here "weighed" means to pull out of the water. An anchor is a heavy object attached to a rope that is secured to the boat. The anchor is tossed into the water and sinks to the bottom of the sea keeping the ship from drifting about.

translationWords

[[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_tw/src/master/bible/names/crete.md]]

Acts 27:14-16

Connecting Statement:

Paul and those traveling on the boat encounter a fierce storm.

after a short time

"after a little while"

a wind of hurricane force

"a very strong, dangerous wind"

called the northeaster

"called 'a strong wind from the northeast.'" The word for "the northeaster" in the original language is "Euroclydon." You can transliterate this word for your language. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-transliterate/01.md]])

began to beat down from the island

"came in from the island of Crete, and it blew strongly against our ship"

When the ship was caught by the storm and could no longer head into the wind

"When the wind blew so strongly against the front of the ship that we could not sail against it"

we had to give way to the storm and were driven along by the wind

This can be stated in active form. AT: "we stopped trying to sail forward, and we let the wind push us whichever way it blew" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

We sailed along the lee of a small island

"We sailed on the side of the island where the wind was not so strong"

a small island called Cauda

This island was located on the south coast of Crete. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

lifeboat

This is a smaller boat that is sometimes pulled behind the ship, and sometimes it was brought onto the ship and tied down. The smaller boat was used for various reasons, including escaping from a sinking ship.

Acts 27:17-18

they had hoisted the lifeboat up

"they had lifted up the lifeboat" or "they had pulled the lifeboat aboard the ship"

they used its ropes to bind the hull of the ship

The "hull" is the body of the ship. They tied ropes around it so that the ship would not come apart during the storm.

sandbars of Syrtis

Sandbars are very shallow areas in the sea where ships can get stuck in the sand. Syrtis is located on the coast of Libya, northern Africa. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

they lowered the sea anchor

They put the ship's anchor in the water in order to slow down where the wind would blow them.

anchor

An anchor is a heavy object attached to a rope that is secured to the boat. The anchor is tossed into the water and sinks to the bottom of the sea keeping the ship from drifting about. See how you translated this in Acts 27:13.

were driven along

This can be stated in active form. AT: "had to go in whatever direction the wind blew us" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

We took such a violent battering by the storm

This can be stated in active form. AT: "The wind blew us roughly back and forth that all of us were badly battered and bruised by the storm" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

they began throwing the cargo overboard

"they" is the sailors. This is done to lighten the weight of the ship in an effort to prevent the ship from sinking.

cargo

Cargo is something that a person transports from one place to another by boat. See how you translated this in Acts 27:10. AT: "goods on the ship"

Acts 27:19-20

the sailors threw overboard the ship's equipment with their own hands

Here "equipment" refers to the sailors' equipment needed to sail the ship: tackle, hoists, beams of wood, block and tackle, ropes, lines, sails, and the like. This indicates how desperate the situation was.

When the sun and stars did not shine on us for many days

They could not see the sun and stars because of the dark storm clouds. Sailors needed to see the sun and stars in order to know where they were and what direction they were headed.

the great storm still beat upon us

"the terrible storm still blew us roughly back and forth"

anchors

An anchor is a heavy object attached to a rope that is secured to the boat. The anchor is tossed into the water and sinks to the bottom of the sea, keeping the ship from drifting about. See how you translated this in Acts 27:13.

from the stern

"from the back of the ship"

translationWords

Acts 27:30-32

General Information:

Here the word "you" is plural and refers to the centurion and the Roman soldiers. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-you/01.md]])

the lifeboat

This is a smaller boat that is sometimes pulled behind the ship and sometime it was brought onto the ship and tied down. The smaller boat was used for various reasons, including escaping from a sinking ship. See how you translated this in Acts 27:16.

from the bow

"from the front of the ship"

Unless these men stay in the ship, you cannot be saved

The negative words "Unless" and "cannot" can be stated in positive form. The passive phrase "be saved" can be stated in active form. AT: "These men must stay in the ship in order for you to survive" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-doublenegatives/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 27:33-35

When daylight was coming on

"When it was almost sunrise"

This day is the fourteenth day that

The ordinal number "fourteenth" can be stated as "fourteen." AT: "For 14 days" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-ordinal/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-numbers/01.md]])

not one of you will lose a single hair from his head

This was a customary way of saying no harm would come upon them. AT: "every one of you will survive this disaster unharmed" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-idiom/01.md]])

broke the bread

"tore the bread" or "tore off a piece from the loaf of bread"

translationWords

Acts 27:36-38

Then they were all encouraged

This can be stated in active form. AT: "This encouraged all of them" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

We were 276 people in the ship

"We were two hundred and seventy-six people in the ship." This is background information. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-numbers/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-background/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 27:39-41

bay

a large area of water partly surrounded by land

did not recognize the land

"saw land but could not recognize it as any place they knew"

cut loose the anchors and left them

"cut the ropes and left the anchors behind"

rudders

large oars or pieces of wood at the back of the ship used for steering

the foresail

"the sail at the front of the ship." The sail was a large piece of cloth that catches the wind to move the ship.

they headed to the beach

"they steered the ship toward the beach"

they came to a place where two currents met

A current is water flowing in one continuous direction. Sometimes more than one water current can flow across another. This may cause the sand under the water to pile up making the water more shallow.

The bow of the ship

"The front of the ship"

the stern

"the back of the ship"

Acts 27:42-44

The soldiers' plan was

"The soldiers were planning"

so he stopped their plan

"so he stopped them from doing what they planned to do"

jump overboard

"jump off the ship into the water"

some on planks

"some on wooden boards"

translationWords

Acts 28

Acts 28:intro-0

Acts 28 General Notes

Structure and formatting

This chapter forms a rather abrupt ending to this historical book because it does not record the deaths of Peter, or Paul, or the destruction of the temple in Jerusalem. Many scholars believe this chapter forms an ellipsis, which implies that the church is responsible for continuing the story. Other scholars believe it ends this way because Luke died. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-ellipsis/01.md]])

Some translations indent each line of poetry to make it easier to read. The ULB does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 28:26-27.

After extensive details of the events of Paul's life, this story glosses over two years in Rome without discussing what happened during this time. It is unknown why this is the case, but apparently the church did not need to learn anything from this time.

# "You should know that this salvation of God has been sent to the Gentiles, and they will listen"

This statement indicates that the Gentiles will become the focus of the plans of God in this world until a time when he will once again bring Israel back to him. From this time on, the church will be increasingly composed of Gentile Christians.

Special concepts in this chapter

# "Letters"

The letters mentioned would have been legal papers which authorized the persecution and imprisonment of the Christians. The translator's culture may have different terms for "legal papers" or "legally binding papers," which could be useful in translation.

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

# "He was a god"

Just because the people believed this to be, it does not mean it was true or that Paul did not correct them for this.

Acts 28:1-2

Connecting Statement:

After the shipwreck, people on the island of Malta helped Paul and everyone on the ship. They stay there for 3 months.

General Information:

Here the word "we" refers to Paul, the writer, and those who traveled with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-exclusive/01.md]])

When we were brought safely through

This can be stated in active form. AT: "When we arrived safely" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

we learned

Paul and Luke learned the name of the island. AT: "we learned from the people" or "we found out from the residents" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-exclusive/01.md]])

the island was called Malta

Malta is an island located south of the modern-day island of Sicily. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

The native people

"The local people"

offered to us not just ordinary kindness

Being kind to someone is spoken of as if it were an object that someone offers. AT: "were not only very kind to us" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

not just ordinary kindness

This phrase is used to emphasize the opposite of what is said. AT: "a great deal of kindness" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-litotes/01.md]])

they lit a fire

"they put together twigs and branches and burned them"

welcomed us all

Possible meanings are 1) "welcomed all of the people from the ship" or 2) "welcomed Paul and all his companions."

Acts 28:3-4

a viper came out

"a poisonous snake came out of the bundle of sticks"

fastened onto his hand

"bit Paul's hand and did not let go"

This man certainly is a murderer

"For sure, this man is a murderer" or "This man is truly a murderer"

yet justice

The word "justice" refers to the name of a god that they worshiped. AT: "the god called Justice" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 28:5-6

shook the animal into the fire

"shook his hand so that the snake fell from his hand into the fire"

suffered no harm

"Paul was not hurt at all"

become inflamed with a fever

Possible meanings are 1) his body would swell because of the snake venom or 2) he would become very hot with fever.

nothing was unusual with him

This can be stated in positive form. AT: "everything about him was as it should be" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-doublenegatives/01.md]])

they changed their minds

To think differently about a situation is spoken of as if a person is changing his mind. AT: "they thought again" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

said that he was a god.

This can be stated as a direct quotation. AT: "said, 'This man must be a god.'" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-quotations/01.md]])

said that he was a god

Perhaps there was a belief that someone who lived after a poisonous snake bite was divine or a god.

translationWords

Acts 28:7-10

General Information:

Here the words "us" and we" refer to Paul, Luke, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-exclusive/01.md]])

Now in a nearby place

"Now" is used to introduce a new person or event in the account.

chief man of the island

Possible meanings are 1) the main leader of the people or 2) someone who was the most important person on the island, perhaps because of his wealth.

a man named Publius

This is the name of a man. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

It happened that the father of Publius ... fever and dysentery

This is background information about Publius' father that is important to understanding the story. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-background/01.md]])

had been made ill

This can be stated in active form. AT: "was ill" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

ill with a fever and dysentery

Dysentery is an infectious intestinal disease.

placed his hands on him

"touched him with his hands"

were healed

This can be stated in active form. AT: "he healed them too" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

honored us with many honors

Probably they honored Paul and those with him by giving them gifts.

translationWords

Acts 28:11-12

Connecting Statement:

Paul's journey to Rome continues.

General Information:

The Twin Brothers refers to Castor and Pollux, the twin sons of Zeus, a Greek god. They were thought to be protectors of ships. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-explicit/01.md]])

that had spent the winter at the island

"that the crew left at the island for the cold season"

a ship of Alexandria

Possible meanings are this refers to 1) a ship that came from Alexandria, or 2) a ship that was registered or licensed in Alexandria.

the twin gods

On the bow of the ship, there was a carving of the two idols called "the twin gods." Their names were Castor and Pollux.

city of Syracuse

Syracuse is a city on the southeast coast of the modern-day island of Sicily, just southwest of Italy. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

Acts 28:13-15

General Information:

The Market of Appius and The Three Taverns was a popular market and inn on the main highway called the Appian Way, about 50 kilometers south of the city of Rome. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

city of Rhegium

This is the port city located at the southwestern tip of Italy. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

a south wind sprang up

"the wind began to blow from the south"

city of Puteoli

Puteoli is located in modern-day Naples on the west coast of Italy. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/translate-names/01.md]])

There we found

"There we met"

brothers

These were followers of Jesus, including both men and women. AT: "fellow believers" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-gendernotations/01.md]])

were invited

This can be stated in active form. AT: "they invited us" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

In this way we came to Rome

Once Paul reached Puteoli, the rest of the journey to Rome was on land. AT: "And after we stayed seven days with them, we went to Rome"

after they heard about us

"after they heard we were coming"

he thanked God and took courage

Taking courage is spoken of as if it were an object that a person could take. AT: "this encouraged him, and he thanked God" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 28:16-18

Connecting Statement:

Paul arrives in Rome as a prisoner but with the freedom to stay in his own place. He calls the local Jews together to explain what has happened to him.

General Information:

Here the word "we" refers to the writer, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-exclusive/01.md]])

When we entered Rome, Paul was allowed to

This can be stated in active form. AT: "After we had arrived in Rome, the Roman authorities gave Paul permission to" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

Then it came about that

This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.

the leaders among the Jews

These are the Jewish civil or religious leaders present in Rome.

Brothers

Here this means "Fellow Jews."

against the people

"against our people" or "against the Jews"

I was delivered as a prisoner from Jerusalem into the hands of the Romans

This can be stated in active form. AT: "some of the Jews arrested me in Jerusalem and placed me in the custody of the Roman authorities" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

into the hands of the Romans

Here "hands" stands for power or control. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

there was no reason in me for a death penalty

"I had done nothing to cause them to execute me"

translationWords

Acts 28:19-20

the Jews

This does not mean all of the Jews. AT: "the Jewish leaders" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md]])

spoke against their desire

"complained about what the Roman authorities wanted to do"

I was forced to appeal to Caesar

This can be stated in active form. AT: "I had to ask for Caesar to judge me" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

although it is not as if I were bringing any accusation against my nation

The abstract noun "accusation" can be stated as the verb "accuse." Here "nation" stands for the people. AT: "but it was not because I wanted to accuse the people of my nation before Caesar" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

the certain hope of Israel

Possible meanings are 1) the people of Israel confidently expect the Messiah to come or 2) the people of Israel confidently expect God to bring those who have died back to life.

Israel

Here "Israel" stands for the people. AT: "the people of Israel" or "the Jews" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

that I am bound with this chain

Here "bound with this chain" stands for being a prisoner. AT: "that I am a prisoner" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 28:21-22

Connecting Statement:

The Jewish leaders respond to Paul.

General Information:

Here the words "We," "we," and "us" refer to the Jewish leaders in Rome. (See: Acts 28:17 and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-exclusive/01.md]])

nor did any of the brothers

Here "brothers" stands for fellow Jews. AT: "nor did any of our fellow Jews"

you think about this sect

A sect is a smaller group within a larger group. Here it refers to those who believe in Jesus. AT: "you think about this group to which you belong"

because it is known by us

This can be stated in active form. AT: "because we know" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

it is spoken against everywhere

This can be stated in active form. AT: "many Jews all over the Roman Empire are saying bad things about it" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 28:23-24

General Information:

Here the word "they" refers to the Jewish leaders in Rome. (See: Acts 28:17)

General Information:

The words "him," "his," and "He" and refer to Paul.

had set a day for him

"had chosen a time for him to speak to them"

testified about the kingdom of God

Here "kingdom of God" stands for God's rule as king. AT: "told them about God's rule as king" or "told them how God would show himself as king" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

from the prophets

Here "the prophets" refers to what they wrote. AT: "from what the prophets wrote" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

Some were convinced about the things which were said

This can be stated in active form. AT: "Paul was able to convince some of them" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 28:25-26

Connecting Statement:

As the Jewish leaders were ready to leave, Paul quotes the Old Testament scriptures that were appropriate for this time.

General Information:

Here the word "they" refers to the Jewish leaders in Rome. (See: Acts 28:17)

General Information:

The word "your" refers to the people to whom Paul had been speaking. In verse 26, Paul begins to quote the prophet Isaiah.

after Paul had spoken this one word

Here "word" stands for a message or statement. AT: "after Paul had said one more thing" or "after Paul had made this statement" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

The Holy Spirit spoke well through Isaiah the prophet to your fathers. He said, 'Go to this people and say, "By hearing you will hear, but not understand; and seeing you will see, but will not perceive

This has quotations within quotations. You can translate one of the inner quotations as an indirect quotation, or you can translate two of the inner quotations as indirect quotations. AT: "The Holy Spirit spoke well through Isaiah the prophet to your forefathers when the Spirit told Isaiah to tell them that they will hear but will not understand; and they will see but they will not perceive" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-quotesinquotes/01.md]])

By hearing you will hear ... and seeing you will see

The words "hear" and "see" are repeated for emphasis. "You will listen carefully ... and you will look intently"

but not understand ... but will not perceive

Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that the Jewish people will not understand God's plan. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-parallelism/01.md]])

translationWords

Acts 28:27

Connecting Statement:

Paul finishes quoting Isaiah the prophet.

General Information:

Translate Paul's quotation of Isaiah as a direct quotation or indirect quotation according to how you translated it in Acts 28:25-26.

For the heart of this people has become dull

People who stubbornly refuse to understand what God is saying or doing are spoken of as if their heart is dull. Here "heart" stands for the mind. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

with their ears they hardly hear, and they have shut their eyes

People who stubbornly refuse to understand what God is saying or doing are spoken of as if they are unable to hear and are shutting their eyes so that they will see. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

understand with their heart

Here "heart" stands for the mind. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

turn again

To start obeying God is spoken of as though the person were physically turning toward God. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]])

I would heal them

This does not mean God will only heal them physically. He will also heal them spiritually by forgiving their sins.

translationWords

Acts 28:28-29

Connecting Statement:

Paul finishes speaking to the Jewish leaders in Rome.

this salvation of God has been sent to the Gentiles

God's message about how he saves people is spoken of as if it were an object that is sent. This can be stated in active form. AT: "God is sending his messengers to the Gentiles to tell them about how he will save them" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md]] and [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md]])

they will listen

"some of them will listen." This response of the Gentiles is in contrast to the way the Jews of that time responded.

translationWords

Acts 28:30-31

Connecting Statement:

Luke ends the story of Paul in the book of Acts. (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/writing-endofstory/01.md]])

He was proclaiming the kingdom of God

Here "kingdom of God" refers to God's rule as king. AT: "He was preaching about God's rule as king" or "He was preaching about how God will show himself as king" (See: [[https://git.door43.org/Door43/en_ta/src/master/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md]])

open-licensed biblical content

Acts

Acts front

Acts front:intro

Introduction to Acts

Part 1: General Introduction

Outline of the Book of Acts

What is the Book of Acts about?

How should the title of this book be translated?

Who wrote the Book of Acts?

Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

What is the Church?

Part 3: Important Translation Issues

What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Acts?

Acts 1

Acts 1:intro-0

Acts 01 General Notes

Structure and formatting

Special concepts in this chapter

# The kingdom of God

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

# The twelve disciples

# Changes in tense

# Akeldama

Links:

Acts 1:1-3

The former book I wrote

Theophilus

until the day that he was taken up

commands through the Holy Spirit

After his suffering

he presented himself alive to them

translationWords

Acts 1:4-5

Connecting Statement:

General Information:

When he was meeting together with them

the promise of the Father

about which, he said

John indeed baptized with water ... baptized in the Holy Spirit

John indeed baptized with water

you shall be baptized

translationWords

Acts 1:6-8

General Information:

is this the time you will restore the kingdom to Israel

the times or the seasons

you will receive power ... and you will be my witnesses

to the ends of the earth

translationWords

Acts 1:9-11

as they were looking up

he was raised up

a cloud hid him from their eyes

looking intensely to heaven

You men of Galilee

will return in the same manner

translationWords

Acts 1:12-14

Then they returned

a Sabbath day's journey

When they arrived

the upper chamber

They were all united as one

as they diligently continued in prayer

translationWords

Acts 1:15-16

Connecting Statement:

In those days

120 people

in the midst of the brothers

it was necessary that the scripture should be fulfilled

by the mouth of David

translationWords

Acts 1:17-19

Connecting Statement:

General Information:

General Information:

Now this man

the earnings he received for his wickedness